Atlas Chinensis being a second part of A relation of remarkable passages in two embassies from the East-India Company of the United Provinces to the vice-roy Singlamong and General Taising Lipovi and to Konchi, Emperor of China and East-Tartary : with a relation of the Netherlanders assisting the Tarter against Coxinga and the Chinese fleet, who till then were masters of the sea : and a more exact geographical description than formerly both of the whole empire of China in general and in particular of every of the fifteen provinces / collected out of their several writings and journals by Arnoldus Montanus ; English'd and adorn'd with above a hundred several sculptures by John Ogilby.

A SECOND EMBASSY OR APPLICATION TO THE Emperor of China.

MAny Years are past since several Europeans, especially the English, Spaniards, Portuguese, and Hollanders, have with indefatigable Endeavors persever'd towards the acqui∣ring a free and unmolested Trade in CHINA: Yet though they have variously attempted what might seem probable to this Effect, their whole Undertakings have prov'd little better than a Labor in vain; for the Chineses priding in the Subsistance of their own Pro∣duct, and too strictly observing an Ancient Law, prohibiting the Admission of any Strangers into their Countrey, excepting such onely as bringing Tributes from the adjacent Borders, paid Homage to their Emperor, as Supreme Lord of the World; or else Foreign Embassadors, under which pretence many drove there a subtile Trade, have shut out and abhorr'd all Correspondency abroad; which Trigaut affirms, saying, The Chineses have a Law that forbids Strangers to come amongst them; but if any such be found, the onely Penalty is, That he must dwell there, and never return: Yet these are not suffer'd to go where they please, but limited in the Entries and Out-skirts of the Empire, mov'd by a Superstitious Fear, from a Prophecy, That they shall be supplanted by Stran∣gers.

But the Interpretation or Suspition extends not onely to remote and un∣known People, but their Neighbors, with whom they have some Converse, and use the like Customs, Habits, and Religion; for the Coreans, the nearest of their Neighbors, were never seen in China but in the condition of Slaves.

Father Martinius also, in his Chinese Atlas, relates, That China is lock'd up so* 1.1 close and cunningly to keep out all Strangers, that scarce any, unless by way of Embassy, are once suffer'd to come in. The Turks, Tartars, Moguls, and

other adjacent People, address themselves as Embassadors, when indeed are disguis'd Merchants, and so drive there a profitable Trade; for feigning fantastick Names, for several Princes that never were, nor are, present Gifts to the Emperor, which they buy at low Rates; cheap, but fit Commo ties to be transported thither: Nor can they be Losers; for they receive atleast twice the Value as a grateful Return; the Emperor counting it a high disho∣nor to do otherwise.

Besides this, all Embassadors, during their stay, going, and coming through the Countrey, are with their whole Retinue maintain'd at the Publick Charge, and their other Goods, whatever, that are not Presents, in stead of Customs and Taxes, are brought on several Carriages, at the Emperors Expence, to the Palace, where they are permitted to expose them to Sale, or Barter: But al∣though this care be taken concerning their Expences, and that they shall no way be Losers in making their Addresses to the Court; yet whatever Ambas∣sadors they be, though the Negotiation be never so serious, and of greatest im∣port; nay, though they come loaden with Treasure, to be pour'd into the Em∣perors Exchequer, and be ancient Friends and Allies, yet they are entertain'd like Spies and Enemies, not suffer'd in their Journeys to see the Countreys, but hood-wink'd, have no more Prospect than the Road they tread upon; and in like manner are as close Prisoners, lock'd up in their Inns, and Places of purpose for such Reception; and when come to Court, not onely secur'd, but never permitted to Publick Audience, or to see the Emperor, but manage all their Business by the Mandarins, or Officers of State.

Besides, Trigaut also tells us, That they severely punish their own People, that hold any Commerce or Intelligence with Strangers, without especial Licence from the Emperor. And what is of more remark, If there be occasion to send any Person of Qua∣lity forth by way of Envoy or Embassy beyond the Limits of the Empire, it is a Work of difficulty to procure them; but when prevail'd upon by Per∣swasions, at his departure all his Acquaintance, Kindred, and Relations lament, as if going to suffer Execution; but at his return he is receiv'd with as much joy, and specially advanc'd by the Emperor; which is no wonder, the Chineses having such a reluctancy to whatever seems strange, nay, scorning to learn out of any Books but their own, believing, that all Humane Knowledge is within the Sphere of their Activity, and looking upon all Outlandish as ig∣norant Animals, and when they mention them in their Writings, take notice of them no otherwise; for their Characters that spell Beast, anagrammatiz'd, signifie a Stranger, also stigmatizing them with some Mark or Accent, that may interpret them worse than Devil.

These Orders were more than strictly observ'd towards Strangers, while the Chineses were Govern'd by their own Native Princes; but the Oriental Tar∣tars, which so lately by Conquest are become Masters of the Empire, let loose the Reins of that part of their Ancient Policy, and less scrupulous, are more indifferent, leaving opener Doors to the admittance of Trade and Commerce.

The Chief Council of New Batavia still watching all Opportunities for Im∣provement of Traffick, being inform'd by Father Martinius, That the Con∣quering Tartars, now setled in China, would more readily receive Addresses concerning Trade, than the former Chinese Princes, resolv'd to make Tryal thereof, by sending a Vessel laden with several Merchandises from the Island Tayowan; to which purpose Frederick Schedell, being order'd with a Ship call'd the Brown-Fish, from Tayowan, came within nine days after his departure from

thence, to an Anchor in the Mouth of the River Canton, near the Island Hay∣tomon.

His Business at first was so well resented, that the Vice-Roys of Canton grant∣ed him under their Hands Licence to sell and barter the Contents of his Cargo, and also to build a Store-house in Canton, for their better Accommodation; al∣though they were advis'd and perswaded to the contrary by the Portuguese Sta∣ple at Macao, who in their Letters to the Vice-Roys gave but a sad Account of the Hollanders, saying, That they were Traytors and Rebels against their true Prince, scarce having any Countrey of their own, or Religion, but liv'd by Pyracy, robbing and plundering whatever they light upon, either by Sea or Land; hoping by thus decrying their Reputation, to set a stop to their begun Proceedings, and new Factory. In like manner the Chinese Philosophers, great Students of their Countreys Antiquities, by the Instigations of the Portuguese Iesuits, inform'd also the Vice-Roys, that the Hollanders were a Nation odious, and through all Ages detested by the Chineses, and never upon any account had the least admittance into their Empire.

But though this Intelligence did something, yet it had not the expected efficacy, and the Hollanders had gone on, and carried the Business, when ac∣cidentally a great Person coming from the Imperial City Peking to Canton, first disswaded the Vice-Roys from what they intended therein, saying, It was quite another thing to permit any one free Egress and Regress into their Dominions, than to give them a Place of Residence on the Shore, without the knowledge of the Supreme Authority; but that he ought to acquaint the Emperor there∣with, if he intended not to incur his displeasure: Upon which the old Vice-Roy, changing his Determination, civilly sent to Schedell, desiring him for that time to depart with all his Company, lest his abiding there so long, might be misconstru'd by his King Matsuyker, as a deterring, or some restraint upon them; although Schedell urg'd much, that there could be no such cause of mis∣trust there, using many Arguments. The Vice-Roys presenting him at his departure, gave him also two Letters to Nicholas Verburgh Governor of Tayowan, first complementing, and then advising him, that the best and onely way for the Hollanders to obtain liberty for setting up a Factory at Canton, and licence to Trade in China, was by Address to the Emperor, by way of Embassy, carrying rich Presents to the Emperor at Peking.

The Council at Batavia, observing the Advice they receiv'd, would not of themselves undertake so great a business, unless so order'd from their Masters of the East-India Company; which asking some time to bring about, they in the mean time resolv'd to venture out another Ship, to try her Fortune at Can∣ton: To which purpose they chose Zacharias Wagenaer a Merchant, and the same Frederick Schedell, who with two Ships, the Brown-Fish, and Whiting, laden with Merchandize, arriv'd a Month after they left Batavia, in the Mouth of the River Canton, and from thence went to Wangsoe, a Village three Leagues from the City.

Wagenaer at last arriving at Canton, deliver'd his Letters from the Council in Batavia, by the old Vice-Roys Secretary (having no admission to the Vice-Roy) and receiv'd for Answer, That since the Hollanders had neither brought Letters nor Presents for the Emperor in Peking, of which they were expresly advis'd, the more to fa∣cilitate their business; therefore lest he should be question'd, he neither would nor could see or speak with them. So that Wagenaer and Schedell return'd, having made a fruitless Voyage, without any success, to Batavia.

Soon after they having receiv'd Expresses from the Governors of the East-India Company in Holland, to set forth an Embassy, according to the Advice of the Vice Roys of Canton, sent Peter de Goyer, and Iacob de Keyzer Embassadors Peking, to the Emperor of China, with Letters of Credence and Presents, to obtain his Imperial Licence that they might Trade in China.

These Embassadors arriv'd Anno 1656. in the Chief City Peking. The next day some of the Council, and the Prime Secretary Thouglauja, with two other Tartar Mandarins, Quanlauja, and Hoolauja, came to complement the Embassa∣dors in the Emperors Name, to inquire after their Health, the number of their Attendants, concerning what their Presents were, and from whom, and whence they came? To all which Questions, the Mandarins receiving particular An∣swers, listed all those Persons that attended the Embassy (which according to the Information sent from Canton were in all twenty four) which they set down one after another by their several Names; nor did they leave out those Hang∣ers on which were not included in the List.

After that, they turn'd and look'd over several Presents; then inquir'd, whence they came, how and who made them, for what use, and in what part of the World? And lastly, How far, or how many Months Sail Holland lay distant from Peking? To which the Embassadors having return'd fitting An∣swers, the Mandarins inquir'd further, Whether they were a People that dwelt only upon the Seas, and had no Land-Habitations (which the Portuguese Iesu∣its put into their Heads) or if they inhabited any Countrey, what they call'd it, and where it lay? From whence, and to what purpose they were sent? What was their Kings Name, and of what Age? All which the Embassadors answer'd. Yet they were not so satisfied; but interrogating, forc'd them to recount the same Answers again. But after they grew more curious, and be∣gan to inquire concerning their manner of Government, and if the Embassa∣dors were not of the Blood Royal, and of Kin to their Prince:

For no For∣reign Embassadors (said they) if they be not of Consanguinity with their King, are admitted to appear, bowing their Heads with all humility, before the Imperial Majesty.

Whereupon the Embassadors reply'd,

That they were not of the Blood Royal; for the manner of their Countrey was not to send Princes of the Blood on such remote Embassies, but imploy'd other Men of good Quali∣ty, and well esteem'd at home, upon such Foreign Negotiations.

The Mandarins further inquisitive, came at last to ask, What Offices they bore in their Princes Court? What their Names and Titles of Honor were? How many Men they had under their Command? All which the Embassadors answer'd very punctually.

Then they inquir'd again, If they came directly from Holland, or Batavia? If from Batavia, What kind of Place it was, and what manner of Person the General? Which being resolv'd, the Mandarins went away satisfied.

The next day the Embassadors, with the Presents, appear'd by order of the Chancellor before the Council, without which they were not to be admitted; where the Chancellor sate uppermost, on a high Bed, cross-legg'd: Next him, on the right Hand, sate two Tartar Lords; and on the left, a Iesuit call'd Adam Schal, an ancient and venerable Person, and being close shaven, look'd like a Tartar: he had dwelt above forty six years, in the several Reigns of Chinesy Princes, in the Court at Peking.

The rest of the Council sate promiscuously, without any Order or State,

one among another, upon Benches onely cover'd with old white Linnen.

The Chancellor welcoming the Ambassadors in few words, Commanded them to sit; then laying the Presents on a Table, he ask'd upon the matter all the Questions which the Mandarines had formerly; whereto the Ambassa∣dors, by the help of Father Adam their Interpreter there, gave ready An∣swers.

Mean while Order came from the Emperor to the Council, wherein the Je∣suit was desir'd to write down, and to deliver to his Imperial Majesty that night, if the Hollanders possess'd any Land; and also where, and how far it lay distant from his; and also how their Prince was call'd, and what kind of Go∣vernment they maintain'd? All which Schal deliver'd in Writing to the Chan∣cellor: Adding, that their Countrey did formerly belong to the King of Spain, from whom they keep it unjustly, &c.

But the Chancellor perceiving that the Jesuit had no kindness for them, scrupling, made him put in, and put out, and write the whole matter twice over; then ordering him to Transcribe it fair, he refus'd, excusing himself by age, and weakness of sight; Upon▪ which, he commanded one of his Un∣der-Clerks to write it over; which done, it was immediately with some small Presents carry'd to the Emperor. Who soon after having receiv'd this advice, sent a Mandatory Letter to the Council, signifying, That he receiv'd the Hol∣landers as Ambassadors, and permitted that they might be brought into his pre∣sence, so soon as he should sit upon the Throne in his new Court. The Let∣ter to the Council was written in these words:

Most Honorable, and our great Lords, the Holland Ambassadors are come hither with their Presents to Complement the Emperor, and shew their obedience to Us, which no Record shews, nor any remembers, that they ever did to this Crown in thousands of years before: Therefore, since this is their first Address, We receive them as Ambassadors, and permit, that they, when We shall sit on Our Imperial Throne, in Our New Palace, may be brought into Our presence, to shew their obedience to Us, that afterwards they may be well entertain'd, and dealt withal according to their own requests, and also be speedily dispatch'd for their better departure; and the rather, because out of respect to Our Fame, they are come an unimaginable vast way by Sea, and also by Land; nay, as if they came out of a shadow from high Mountains, to rest their Feet at Peking; there with open Eyes, to behold the clear Sun in the Firmament; therefore how can We with∣stand and deny the Requests of such Persons, after their long and tedious Voyages?

But after, when the Ambassadors Letters of Credence, Translated by Schal, were read to the Emperor, he sent to the Chancellor a second Order in these words:

Having on the sixteenth day of the sixth Moon read over the Hollanders* 2.1 Letters a second time, and gotten a right understanding thereof, We find that their Embassy which they have undertaken is freely out of their own kind∣ness and inclination towards Us, and that from a Countrey lying beyond the great Sea; just like a Bird that takes a voluntary flight through the Air, and cannot be forc'd to come down: And since We esteem this Embassy higher than ought else, and would befriend as Our self, therefore We charge you, Our Chancellor, and the rest of Our Council of State, upon their Re∣quests which they shall make by way of this Embassy, to permit them

egress and regress through Our Empire; and what other Agreements you drive with them, you acquaint Us therewith.

This Letter being read, the Chancellor ask'd the Ambassadors if they could in like manner make annual Addresses, if not, every three year; whereupon the Ambassadors answer'd, That they could with more certainty and Cere∣mony wait on the Emperor with their due obeisance in Peking every fifth year, so that they might be Licens'd yearly with four Ships to come and Traf∣fique at Canton: Which Proposal the Chancellor put to the Vote, and the Tar∣tars with one voice judg'd, their Designs were fit, just, and reasonable: But the Chineses thought it sufficient, if they made their Addresses to the Emperor but every ninth year, to save the trouble and danger of so long a Journey, supposing what the Tartarians did not observe, that it was not fit the Hollanders should Trade all that while at Canton.

Moreover, they urg'd that these that call'd themselves Hollanders, might be English, neither they nor their Shipping being much unlike, which would be a high scandal upon their Government, to suffer that Nation that had done them such prejudice within memory, when they came but with four Ships into the Haven Heytamon, and ruffled their Fleet there, sinking some, and taking others, and so batter'd the Castle, that they took the Mandarine himself Prisoner, fight∣ing more like Furies than Men, for which they were ever since declar'd Ene∣mies, nay, according to an Edict made at that time, never after to be permit∣ted to Trade in China; so that they ought to have greater proofs, whether the Hollanders were not English, before they should be suffer'd to Traffique upon their Coasts.

And also (besides that, it was contrary to their ancient Laws and Customs to grant to any Nation a free Trade in the Empire) they could not perceive any thing concerning this Request in their Lettrrs of Credence; therefore, according to their opinion, the Ambassadors went beyond their Orders.

This stop of the Council so unexpected, seem'd very strange to the Ambas∣sadors, who thought of nothing more, but that all things had been done, and a free Trade granted, and that they were onely to return him their humble Thanks.

All which was brought thus about by the influence of Father Adam Schall, and some other Portuguese at Peking, foreseeing the undoing of their Factory at Macao, if the Dutch set up at Canton, and also there wanted not a less Sum than 300 Tail of Silver, which was to be dispos'd to Bribe the Council, with pro∣mises of more: The Tartars also now adding, that the Hollanders under pretence of Trade, sought to get footing in the Empire, and then to Ransack the Coun∣trey, and Pillage, and make Prize of what e're they could lay hold on.

All which was more confirm'd as a positive truth, by the Allegation of a Commissioner that had dwelt at Canton three years before; and also by the Tu∣tang's Letters, which at that time was at Canton, and Brib'd for that purpose by the Portuguese at Macao, had wrought such an opinion in the Hearts of the Peo∣ple, that they look'd upon the Hollanders no otherwise than a company of Out∣laws and Exiles, which had no home or abodes, but dwelt on the Sea, their whole subsistence drawn from Spoil and Piracy.

Lastly, The Ambassadors found that the Chancellor and other Councellors could not without Bribes understand, that these words in their Letters of Cre∣dence, To have leave to go and come, could signifie nothing but a free Trade: which seem'd very strange to them, since they knew no otherwise but that the

five and thirty hundred Tail of Silver, which they had oblig'd themselves to pay to the Vice-Roy at Canton, was to be distributed amongst the Council. Therefore being thus deceiv'd by the Vice-Roy, they were forc'd to fall to new Consultations to obtain their desire.

First, They Declar'd to the Chancellor and Council more at large, what was intended by that Point concerning their Annual Trade in Canton, and de∣sired earnestly to obtain it.

Next they offer'd by the old Vice-Roy of Cantons Mandarin, to the Chancel∣lor, that they would stay in Peking, till his Majesty was fully assur'd, that they were Hollanders and not English. They also requested, that the Emperor would be pleas'd to give them a Seal, with some peculiar Mark Engrav'd in Brass, therewith they might Seal Passes for all Ships that either Sail'd by, or put into the Harbors of China, thereby to distinguish them from others of their neighboring Nations.

At last they exhibited a Proposal, drawn by one of the Clerks of the Coun∣cil; wherein they urg'd, that they might as Loyal Subjects Trade in China, upon the Grant whereof, they would undertake to pay all Taxes and Customs whatsoever, like those of Licukieu, Ainan, and Siam; and when those three Na∣tions made their Addresses, being every third year, they would in like manner attend the Emperor with peculiar Presents.

But all their Proposals were to no effect, wanting at least ten thousand Tail of Silver, there being no other means in that Court to make their way, for what party Brib'd most, abnubilated their understandings, and gave them a sense of their Cause, which Sum they being then not able to raise, for none could be took up upon any Security whatsoever, under ten, or eight at least per cent. a Moneth Interest: Which exaction the Ambassadors judg'd no way fit or rea∣sonable, because if they were at this Expence, it lay still doubtful, whether their business should be effected.

The Emperor at last inform'd of all the Proceedings by his Council, and how the Hollanders were inclin'd to come in an Embassy to his Majesty, every fifth year; and that they had made it appear, that in less time they could not go and come: Therefore his Majesty, out of a respect to the Hollanders, and for their better accommodation, order'd them to come but every eighth year,

For, said he, otherwise they would not be able to hold out; and why should We lay an unnecessary Obligation on a People which We neither need, nor fear? and who of their own inclination come to tender their. Obedience to Us with Presents? No, We have resolv'd to Treat them so tenderly, that af∣ter they have ended their great Journey, they may have two or three years rest at home.

By this Declaration of the Emperor, they saw plainly nothing more was to be done, but to apply themselves onely to patience, and to put off the Design till another more fit opportunity; for the Councils chief Secretary had told them, that too much pressing, and eager sollicitation, would rather hurt than help the Business.

Amongst others, having made their Addresses concerning this matter, by the Vice-Roys of Cantons Mandarins, they receiv'd this Answer:

Is it not enough, that at this first time they are admitted as Ambassadors to tender their Presents to the Emperor, and notwithstanding the bad fame which hath rendred them odious in the Eyes of the most eminent Persons in China, they were now accepted as Friends, and had leave to dispose of their

Goods which they had brought; let them not urge too much for a free Trade, lest perhaps for the future they be deny'd all.

They must not think nor imagine that We are oblig'd to grant them all things at first; if they come the next year, or so soon as they can, and with Presents return the Emperor thanks for his kind accepting of them; then perhaps there will be better Conveniencies to effect their desires.

At last the Ambassadors having shew'd due reverence to the Emperor's Seal, appear'd before the Throne, and been at three of the Emperors Feasts, where they were very nobly Entertain'd, receiv'd their Dispatch, together with his Imperial Majesties Letter to his Excellency Iohn Maetzuiker, in New-Batavia.

The Emperor sends this Letter to the Netherlanders, Batavia, and to their King John Maetzuiker.

Ur Countreys are as far distant as the East from the West, so that We can∣not easily visit each other; Many Ages are past since the Hollanders have been seen amongst us, but you have done very prudently, in that you sent to Us Peter de Goeyer, and Iacob de Keyser, which in your Name have brought Us Presents. You have shew'd your good inclination, by remembring Us; wherefore Our heart is also much inclin'd to you; and as a testimony there∣thereof, We send you two Rowls of Sattin, four Rowls of Flower'd Sattin, four Rowls of blew Sattin without Flowers, four Rowls of Kin, four Rowls of Camlet, ten Pieces of Peelings, ten Pieces of Parsu, ten Pieces of light Colour'd Stuffs, and three hundred Tail of Silver▪ You have desir'd to come and Trade in Our Countrey, to bring Commodities thither, and carry others out, by which a private Man might reap good profit: But because your Countrey is so many thousand Leagues distant, and here blow very hard Winds, so that the Ships run great danger which come hither, and for that also it is very cold here ashore, by very great Hails and Snows; it would be no small trouble to Us, if any of your People should come hither and mis∣carry; but if this satisfie not, unless they have permission to visit these parts, then let them come every eighth year once, with a hundred in their Train, of which twenty may come to the Palace, where we keep our Imperial Re∣sidence; and you may lay your Merchandize ashore in your Store-house, without disposing of them at Sea before Canton. This We have thought good out of Our inclination for your benefit, and believe that it will likewise be to your satisfaction. This is that which we intended to advise you.

In the thirteenth Year, the eighth Moneth, the nine and twentieth Day of the Reign Xunchi. Somewhat lower stood Hongtee Thoepe.

The Hollanders thus frustrated of their expectation, having obtain'd nothing else than to come every eighth year once, with Merchandize to Trade in the Countrey, left off prosecuting the Design with so much eagerness for a consi∣derable time.

But since the loss of the Islands Tayowan, and Formosa, taken from the Hol∣landers by Koxinga, or Iquon, and his Associates, Anno 1661. they renew'd their Suit to the Tartar for a free Trade, on promise and assurance, that if they

should meet with Coxinga, either at Sea or Land, they would endeavor to de∣stroy him, as a common Enemy both to the Tartars and Hollanders.

Therefore since the Isles of Tayowan, Formosa, and Coxinga will be often made mention of in this our Relation; and that from the loss of those places, the Hollanders renew'd their old Request, under pretence of help to ruine the ene∣my; it will be necessary, and this our Business seems indeed to require a brief Description of them in the first, and withal, a Relation how Coxinga took them from the Hollanders.

Of Formosa.

THe Formosan Isle, formerly call'd by the Chineses, Paccande, extends it self* 3.1 in length from the South to the North, and in breadth East and West, being an hundred and thirty Leagues in Circuit: the Prospect shews you much rising Ground, and a Hilly Countrey, which abounds with Deer, great store of Wild Goats, Hares, Coneys, Swine, Tygers, and the Luvasey, whose flesh hath a delightful and excellent relish. The Woods also have no want of Pheasants and Pigeons. The Ground being fruitful, produceth store of Sugar, Ginger, Cinamon, Coco-Nuts, and several other Necessaries fit for humane sustenance; besides, full of populous Villages. They are Govern'd by several Lords, not de∣pending on, nor acknowledging any Superior, so that each Town being a Re∣publick, they still have Wars, and are at difference one with another, Town against Town, Village against Village, insomuch that Peace never set Foot in that Isle.

Of their many Villages, the prime and of chiefest note, are Sinkan, Mandauw, Soulang, Backeloang, Taffacan, Tifulucan, Teopan, and Tefurang; the last in a Valley near the High-lands, where Fort Zelandia stands, formerly call'd Tayovan.

The Inhabitants of this Village are rude and salvage, robust, and almost of a* 3.2 Gigantick size, not black like the Caffers, and count it no immodesty to go stark* 3.3 naked. Their Women, well built for Stowage, short, and inclining to gross∣ness, wearing Apparel; yet twice a day they strip themselves, and are not asham'd to bathe and wash in publick.

These, though a barbarous People, are kind to the Netherlanders, heartily en∣tertaining them with their own, though mean, yet wholsome Fare.

Soulang breeds a needy, spiteful, inhospitable, and bloody People. Not∣withstanding* 3.4 the fruitfulness of the Soil they commonly live in want, being extreme lazy, Tilling no more than they suppose will supply their necessity; which often falling short, they are so hardly put to it, that when they per∣ceive Provision growing scant, they live sparingly many days, or else they might be utterly famish'd; for in such exigencies they never help one ano∣ther: nay, they are so supinely slothful, that the Women do all the business of the Field, Plough, Sow, and Reap, having neither Horses, nor any other Cat∣tel to help them; the Drudgery being the more, because they make it Gard∣ners work, for onely with Spades they dig and turn the Glebe; and where their Corn grows thickest, especially Rice, they pluck it out with their Hands, and set it where they find the Blades come up thinner; and in Harvest know∣ing neither Scythe nor Sickle, which tries their patience, crop with a Tool like a Pruning Knife, Stalk by Stalk, a Span below the Ear; which with∣out Threshing, they store up in their Houses, hanging it in the Evening in

small Bundles over the Fire; and early in the Morning the Women rise and* 3.5 Pound so much as will serve them that day for their lazy Lord and Family Besides Rice and other Grain, they Sow Carrots, Set Water-Melons, Pinang, Quach, Taraum, and Pting.

This Isle is not stor'd with such Wines as other places in India have, which their Trees produce; but they have another sort of Liquor, that inebriates no less than the Indian, or Juyce of the Spanish Grape; which they prepare in this manner: They take a quantity of Rice, which they put in a Vessel made for that purpose, and boyl it; which turning out, they knead into little Balls, or Pellets; when they are well chew'd, they put them into another Pot, there let∣ting it stand till grown sowre; to this they pour a good quantity of Spring-Water, which being so put together, works a Moneth or two, for so long it will ferment; then it becomes a clear, pleasant, wholsom, and strong Li∣quor: which the longer kept, the better grows, for it will hold good thir∣ty* 3.6 years. The top of this Drink is thin and clear, the bottom or sedi∣ment thick like our Pap: the thin makes their Drink, with which they often Fuddle; the thick makes their Cawdle to recover them, which Crop-sick, they eat with Spoons. This they carry with them to the Field, and take a Dose thereof when they think fit: and thus yearly they spend most part of their Rice.

The Women when their Cultivation or Land-work is done, then they be∣take* 3.7 themselves to the Sea, and Launch out their Boats, which they call Cham∣pans, and fall to Fishing, where they catch great store of Crabs, Oysters, and Gurnets, which they Salt without Gutting, and therefore, though Pickled, keep not long, but are apt to putrifie and breed Worms; yet they like it never the worse, but look upon their Dish as the greater Dainty, the rancker the Hogooe.

Their Youths, though strong and of able Bodies, spend their time in idle∣ness and sloth; and when forty years old, then they settle themselves to Lazi∣ness, as if it were a Trade or Handicraft, spending twenty years in a metho∣dical doing of nothing, in a small Hut or Hovel, dandling their Children, or Dalliance with their Wives, seldom or never stirring out of their own Limits, or Patch of Ground, unless invited either to a private or publick Feast, or Hunting-Matches, in which pleasure they take some pains, using several, and* 3.8 indeed ingenious ways to catch the Game, sometimes practising deceit, laying Snares and Traps of complicated Rushes and Reeds so artificially, that they look fresh, as if growing and ungather'd, setting them in the Haunts of wild Boars, Lays of Deers, and the like, and so catch them, wondring who made their new Lodges and Beds so soft, and lay Meshes in other inviting places, which if they take not willingly, nor observe such Allurements, they drive them in, where they also make them their Prey; and they trapan them into Pits, digg'd and spread over with a light Swarth, or Turf of Grass, supported with brittle Twigs laid athwart the Holes: here to make them sure from get∣ting out, they place a Snare, which suddenly arrests them, taking them Priso∣ners by the Neck or Legs, and then they with a shout fall upon the so taken Quarry.

Besides this, they use Hostility and open Arms, whole Villages march out* 3.9 together, nay, two or three Townships, joyning their Forces, taking the Field; where drawn out in a single File, they stretch a Ring, which extends four or five English Miles in compass, every one brandishing in each Hand a Javelin,

some carrying three or four: thus all prepar'd, with a rally of Hounds they rouse the Prey, then contracting their wide Circumference by degrees into a narrower▪ Circuit, closing up at last Man to Man, Shoulder to Shoulder; this done, if any one of their thrown Spears hit and fasten into the Body of the Game, they never lose him, for their Launces being short, not above six Foot long, and Pointed with Iron, having three retorted Hooks, stick so fast, that though flying to shelter amongst the Bushes and Shrubs, will not, when impe∣ded by intangling Branches, drop out, and also having ty'd at the But▪end of the Staff a long String with a Bell, so that if by chance the Beast thus impark'd break the Pale, yet they never lose him, for they follow not only by the scent, but by the sound, both which seldom fail.* 3.10

They use also Arrows, especially when they hunt wild Deer. The remain∣der of the slain Venison, when they have Feasted themselves, they barter for Clothing and Raiment with the Chineses, seasoning with Salt the Humbles, to keep for their own private Store; but if by chance they kill a pregnant Doe, they unlace her, and Feasting upon the Slinck, eat up Skin and all.* 3.11

To this their Manly Divertisements, and Exercises of Saiha, pleasing Labor, as pursuing their Game, they have also rougher work, and serious engage∣ments, which, when successful, brings no less delight to such a barbarous People, that is, a Civil War, ancient Feuds, or fresh Animosities, still upon new occasions fermenting, so that Town against Town, and Village against Village all the Countrey over, are in open Hostility, either publick Slaughter, or private Murder being their Sports, which thus they carry on: First one Town begins, sending the other a bold Defiance; this is follow'd by twenty or thirty in a Party, which Row in their Boats, or Champans, to their Enemies Village, near which they lie as if in Ambuscade till Night, then growing dark, they Landing, march up and down and explore the Fields, culling out private Huts, and such like Houses, where the Graver sort, the Marry'd People, as we said before, at their ease and pleasure dwell: Those that be thus supinely careless they suddenly surprise, and off goes their Heads, Hands, and Feet; some∣times more cruelly they slice out their whole Bodies, each one carrying a Col∣lup in triumph home, as an evidence that he had no small share in that bloody Slaughter, but, as they suppose, honorable Action: But finding no small Game, or such single Adventures, then they attempt secretly the next Village, where silently breaking into a House or two, they spare none, but salvagely kill Men, Women, and Children, carrying their Heads, Hands, and Feet home, as Trophies of their Victory: But sometimes falling short of their De∣sign, are glad to escape to save themselves; and often, the whole Town so suddenly taking the alarm, they with as little mercy are all cut off: at other times in their flight so few appearing, that the Enemies in hopes of revenge, are trepann'd to their Boats, where in greater and unexpected numbers they Fight so valiantly, that they put them to the Rout; yet these though seeming Furio∣so's, receiving the least Wound, basely Retreat and quit the Battel.

Their Defensive Arms are Shields, so large, that they cover their whole Bo∣dies;* 3.12 their Offensive, Darts and Faulchions.

It often happens, that two or three Villages joyn against one or more asso∣ciated Towns: these have no Commission-Officer, or Commander, but who∣soever shews most Men, they make their General, and hath the prime Autho∣rity to rule over the others according to their numbers. Neither are their Warlike Stratagems common, for when they intend to Attaque some Village

by a sudden surprisal, for they have no Works to storm, opposite to the way that they appear upon, and ready to enter the Village; on the contrary side they lie in Ambush, which when they Charge in, giving a smart alarm, the▪ People struck with a sudden fear, in a confus'd manner, betake themselves to their Heels, and flying from, fall just into the Mouth of the same Enemy, who suddenly starting up, are not sparing, but oftentimes make a general slaughter, whilst the others ransack and pillage the Houses. Sometimes in the Night they break into a House or two, which leaving, their business being done, two of the Par∣ties stick fast in their likeliest way to return, so to stop the Pursuer, sharp-poin∣ted Reeds, about half a Yard long, they making their Retreat by another im∣probable way. Each Conqueror that shares for his own part a Head, carries it through his Village upon a Spear, insulting and singing in praise and glory of his God, to whom he solely ascribes his Victory; thus proudly vaporing, they are joyfully receiv'd every where, and entertain'd with the best Liquor the Town affords.

Every sixteen Houses have their own Chappel, to which they carry this* 3.13 their bloody Spoil, which afterwards he boyls till the Flesh comes from the Bone, then drying it in the Sun, they pour strong Liquor (a Custom which they never omit) upon the bare Scalp: fourteen days they keep Holy, Feast∣ing* 3.14 and Sacrificing to their gods, who gave them so great and glorious a Victory.

Of these Heads, who e're enjoys one, looks upon it as his greatest Treasure, prizing them beyond Gold or Silver, or the most precious Jewel, and when any sudden accident of Fire, or the like happen, this they take most care of, how to carry it with them, or leave in safety.

This Isle, as we said before, hath no King, nor Supreme Governor, but eve∣ry* 3.15 petty Village is a small Republick, Ruling it self under twelve Magistrates, chosen every second year; whose chief Qualification is to be fifty years old:* 3.16 these when going out, in Honor and Commemoration that they were once prime Rulers, have all their Hair pick'd off from their Temples, and each side of their Heads with Tweasers; which baldness is the well-known Badge of their former Authority. But these Governors Power hath but small Limits,* 3.17 for in every Exigence all the Villages meet in the Temple there, having no Representatives, every Man speaks to the purpose according to his abilities, or as he is biass'd; which done, the Twelve take into their consideration, and from the general result of their various opinions, give their special Verdicts, which the People as they like or dislike, ratifie or refuse. But they have abso∣lute Power to seize the Clothes of whomsoever wears Apparel in that three Moneths, when by their Laws they are commanded to go naked, and Pray to their Idols for Rain, being about that time always a dry Season. This also in part they inflict upon the Women that go too gorgeously in that Quarter. This their Court of twelve Aldermen suffer great hardship or Penance, not be∣ing allow'd by their Laws to taste any strong Drink, as Pietang, use Sugar, or eat any Fat of their Meat, till such time as their Rice is half ripe, believing that onely preserves the sprouting Blade from the harrase of wild Beasts, as Deer, Swine, and such like.

Their chief Practise, and special Vertues, are Theft, Murder, and Adultery,* 3.18 at which they are very dextreous, either by Stratagems, or down-right vio∣lence, and he that reckons up the most of such dire Actions, appears amongst them the bravest Fellow.

These People▪ though they have no superiority amongst them, neither by the* 3.19 honor of Birth, nor their own acquir'd Riches: yet the Seniors keep the Ju∣niors at a greater distance than we in Europe; the old Men exacting a greater Respect from the younger by far, over whom they exercise absolute Authority, and Arbitrary Power, without any limitation, Youth being no better than a Slave to Age; for wheresoever a young Man sees one more aged than himself (though at a great distance) he must start suddenly out of the way, as if a Prince were coming with all his Train; and if he chance to call and beckon to him, then sending him of an Errand, he dare not refuse, though to the farthest part of the Isle; neither dare they once offer to come near, or intrude into any Room where Parents are together; so that to be young, is to be a Slave▪ and when old, a Prince, having no honor of Superiority but by their years.

The Males must not Marry before their one and twentieth Year, nor wear* 3.20 long Hair till the seventeenth. Their ceremonious Rites of Matrimony are on∣ly consummated thus: The Suiter, who by the advice of his Parents or his own Affection, hath cast his Eye upon a Mistress, begins his Courtship or Gal∣lanting with a Present, which his Mother, or a near Relation, carries to her House, there presenting in her Servants Name, with all Complements, and Manifestations of his Affection. These Gifts are commonly eight Skirts or Pet∣ticoats, as many Wastcoats, or Upper-Bodice, four hundred Armlets of pleited Rush, a dozen Rings for their Fingers, either Copper, or white polish'd Harts∣horn, and so many Laces of red Dogs Hair, five Linnen Girdles, twelve Dogs Hair Coverlets, thirty Chinesie Pieces of Cloth, a great Box full of Dogs Hair, with which they make a Border, or Love-shade, to beautifie their Forehead and Temples, which they call Ayam Maniang, and five pair of Hart-skin Stock∣ings. These Presents are sent onely by the Wealthiest; and those that are less able according to their abilities. If what they thus present is receiv'd, the busi∣ness is concluded, and Marriage presently confirm'd by the Nuptial Bed.

Notwithstanding the concluding Ceremony, the Husband and Wife dwell* 3.21 not together, but live apart by themselves; but in the Night he is allow'd in a clandestine way to steal to his Enjoyments; whither making his approaches, he is neither allow'd Fire nor Candle, but with all silence and secrecy steals in∣to the Bed; neither there must he speak to his Bride, but if he want any thing, that he signifies by Coughing; upon which, guessing what it may be, his Wife administers, and her Houshold-business being done, she comes to Bed; a hard Lodging, where indeed they have no Bed, neither Pillow nor Bolster, but a Buck-skin spread upon the Floor; yet others have a Bedstead spread with Rushes. These hardships, as they suppose, makes them fitter for the encoun∣ters of Venus, and more stirs up Loves fervor than warm dalliance in softer ac∣commodations: Neither may he linger there, but e're the Dawn visibly ap∣pear, thence he must, that so his departing with an appetite, he may be the more earnest for a second fruition: But all this while neither of them are a burthen to one another, but each provide for themselves, and follow their own affairs; and if they meet by chance in the Day, they pass by like Strangers, the Husband* 3.22 not daring to speak to his Wife without her License. The Charge of bring∣ing up of the Children is left to her Care, till they are above one and twenty years of age, then their Father receives and keeps, or disposes of them as he thinks fitting.

But the Formosan Women have a barbarous Custom (void of all Motherly af∣fection, and humane reason,) for whoever proves with Child before thirty

seven years of age, when the Fruit of her Womb waxeth ripe and fit for Delive∣ry, they cruelly and in unspeakable manner destroy: for in stead of a Midwise that should assist them in their Labor, or Childbed-throws, they employ a cruel Dame, who laying them in a fit posture on their best and softest Bed, crushes* 3.23 and kneads the tender Infant in the Womb, till it become like a lump of Dough, which departs from them with more extreme torture, than if they were natu∣rally deliver'd.

Georgius Canidius, a Minister of the Gospel, residing in Formosa Anno 1628 re∣lates, that he knew a Formosan Woman, who was deliver'd of sixteen Children in that horrible manner, her first Abortion being in her seventeenth Year; and he being inquisitive to know why she thus made away what would have been her own dear Issue, and to be esteem'd most of all worldly joys by her, receiv'd this answer from her, That her shamefac'dness and modesty forbad her to be a Mother before she was of age of discretion, being accounted amongst them thir∣ty seven Years.

The Husband (as we said before) in the fortieth Year of his Age, forsakes his* 3.24 solitary abode, and lives with his Wife, spending the remainder of their days to∣gether in small Huts or Hovels in the Field: but upon the least jangling or fall∣ing out, they part; so that sometime they change their old for new Wives once a Moneth. If he can clearly convict her, shewing just reason for his separation, he recovers her Dowry, seizing those Gifts which he presented before Marri∣age; but failing either in his Arguments or Proofs, the Divorc'd Wife preserves her own Estate. Some Marry two Wives, but they are look'd upon as commit∣ting Fornication or Adultery; but of late, Custom, and the common practice, makes the offence not altogether so hainous.

Their Youth and Batchellors have their peculiar Residence; for in every Vil∣lage,* 3.25 as we said before, sixteen Houses have their Chappel, in which they have distinct Lodgings, as in a Colledge, where they keep their Batchellors Place, though Marry'd, till such time as they go to live with their Wives.

The Formosan Houses are the handsomest, and exactest built of any after the* 3.26 Indian manner; for in stead of digging deep, they raise a Foundation six Foot high of firm Clay; the Walls of the Fabrick are rais'd onely with Reeds and Rushes, artificially strengthen'd with interweavings, having four Doors open∣ing* 3.27 to the four Winds; but the prime Buildings have eight: The Ornament without, and Furniture within, are Stags Crested Heads, and wild Boars, Chi∣nesie Raiments, and Deer-skins; and also Assagays or Javelins, Shields, Swords, Bowes and Arrows, Cattel, Axes, Cans, Pitchers, and Troughs, Vessels of Barks of Trees, and Earthen-Ware. But they pride most in the Bones, Sculls, and hairy Scalps of Enemies Conquer'd by their own Hands.

They use no private, but publick Feasts, to which every sixteen House-Parish* 3.28 repair, being kept in their little Temple, or Chappel, where after their Devoti∣on to their gods, they spend the rest of their time in Feasting, Singing, Dan∣cing, and all manner of Idolatry; and he that appears there in a Dogs Hair Coat, is the bravest Fellow.

The manner of disposing their Dead, and Funeral Obsequies, are thus:* 3.29 When any dies, the Corps being Laid out, after four and twenty hours they elevate it upon a convenient Scaffold, or Stage, four Foot high, Matted with Reeds and Rushes, near which they make a Fire, that so the Corps may by degrees dry: to which place the Friends of the Deceased daily flock toge∣ther, and that they may keep up Sorrow the better, bring along with them

store of Mans Flesh, and several strong intoxicating Liquors. But before the sick Person departs, being just ready to give up the Ghost, thus they begin their inebriating Grief: One beats on a Drum made of a hollow Tree, which gives notion of a Person deceas'd; at which Summons the Women come from all Parts near, bringing their Pots and Vessels of Strong Drink with them, and making themselves, and the Relations of the Deceas'd, drunk. They Dance all Night before the Door after this manner: They take a Trough like a Chest,* 3.30 but longer and broader, and turning the bottom upwards, the Women get up, and two by two, Back to Back, move their Legs and Arms in a Dancing time and measure; which pace, or taboring tread, sends a kind of a murmur∣ing, or doleful Sound, from the hollow Tree; when these mounted Couples are weary, they come down, and others supply the Place: Thus the Maudlin-Drunkards dance nine Days together, whilst the Body lies parching by the Fire, sending forth a very noisom Stench; then having bath'd the Corps nine times over, they wrap it up close in a Mat, and lay it higher than before, so co∣vering it with a fitted Canopy from all Light, there lying three years, till such time as nothing remains but a Skeleton, all else being consum'd to Dust; then they Interre him in his own House, with all the Ceremony of Feasts, as if lately departed.

The ordering of their Sick is no less unnatural and preposterous; for they* 3.31 use them worse than if the Devil were their Doctor; for in stead of Potion or Pill, and the like, they have but one Medicine for all Diseases, and that's a dry Halter, especially in the Village Teopan; for as soon as any Person falls sick, and begins to complain, lying down, and not able to walk about, and follow his Business, they presently prepare a tough Cord, in stead of Cordial; so putting the Noose about his Neck, they hoise him up to the top of the House with a Pulley kept for that purpose, then let him suddenly fall with a Jolt, which commonly proves an immediate Cure, by killing them; yet some mend upon this choking Medicine, either by the strength of Nature, or their Spi∣rits irritated by the fright.

The Formosans neither Write nor Read, using no Books, Letters, nor Cha∣racters:* 3.32 but yet that Law and Religion which they have amongst them, they observe without alteration, deliver'd by Tradition from Generation to Generation: For certain young Men are appointed to be instructed from the elder; and faithful Memories are their onely Registers and Records.

First, They believe the Universe, Heaven and Earth, to have been without beginning, and shall be without end.

Secondly, they acknowledge the Immortality of the Soul; for which rea∣son, they build a little Place, in which they put a Tub of Water with a Dish in it, before the Door of the Deceased, supposing the Spirit thereof comes dai∣ly thither to bathe or cleanse.

The next Article of their Faith is, That there are several Punishments af∣ter this Life, according to the equality of their Crimes, and Rewards of Eter∣nal Happiness for those that have, when living, merited by doing well: there∣fore they dig broad and deep Trenches, filling them with Mud and Slime; over which they make a floating Bridge of bundled-up Rushes, which leads to the most delightful and luxurious Vales in the Countrey: Over these, as they affirm, the Souls of the Deceased must pass, which the Wicked endeavoring to cross, the unstable Truss, or rowling Bridge, tumbles them over into their Sty∣gian Lake; but the Just and Godly walking in safety over, enjoy there all Pleasure in an everlasting Elysium.

Those Sins which they account most hainous, are but frivolous Toys, built* 3.33 upon Superstition and sleight Observation, as not to go naked (as we said be∣fore) at their set and appointed times; to wear Clothes or any thing of Silk▪ Women to bear Children before their seven and thirtieth year; to fetch and eat Oysters not in due season; and to venture to undertake any Business; though of little or no consequence, before they have observ'd good Auguries from the Notes or Language of the Birds: All these are Capital, and, as they hold sorth, unpardonable Offences; but Murder, Theft, Lying, and Forswear∣ing, these have their Qualifications; for some may commit them, and some may not, without any scruple; but in general they are look'd upon no more than Peccadillo's, and venial Offences.

When they take an Oath, they ratifie it by breaking a Straw. To be a pub∣like and common Drunkard, and to be an Adulterer, and Debaucher of young Women, if carried privately, is no harm.

Though they believe the Immortality of the Soul, yet they utterly deny the Resurrection of the Body.

Amongst their several gods which they worship, the chiefest are Tamagisan∣hach,* 3.34 who Governs and Inhabits the South; his Celestial Spouse, Taxankpada Agodales, commands the East, where when it happens to Thunder, they be∣lieve that she exercises her Tongue, the Females best Arms, scolding so loud at her Husband in the South, because he neglects his Office, not sending Rain when the Earth needs; who being nettled with his Wives bitter and sharp ex∣pression, not enduring to hear her any longer, opens his Mouth, sending, and dispersing with his Breath abundance of Water.

Another Deity which they worship out of fear, because Tamagisanhach, as they say, creates Men with comely Visages, and well-proportion'd Bodies; this being an angry and ill natur'd Power, delighting in mischief, makes it his whole Business to spoil and mis-shape what Tamagisanhach hath made fair and handsom, disfiguring their Faces with Pox and Blasting, bunch∣ing their Backs, withering and crooking their Limbs, and the like, then deriding at their Lameness and Deformity: so this Sariafing they hold in great Veneration, that he would be pleas'd to spare them, and do them no harm.

When they take up Arms, and proclaim Hostility, they offer Sacrifices to* 3.35 Talafula and Tapaliape, their two gods of War.

Their Priests, or rather Priestesses, which they call Inibs, are Women, the* 3.36 whole Function in Divine Service, or Worship, belonging to them; for they not only Pray to their gods, and Preach, but also Sacrifice: Their chiefest Offerings are Stags and Boars Heads, presented in a Charger, upon boyl'd Rice, Pynang, and other strong Drinks, as a Condiment: This perform'd, two of the Female Order stand up before the Congregation, and make a Sermon, in which they set forth the Praise and Honor of their gods, going on with that vehemency of expressions and loud declamations, that at last their Hair stands upright, and their Eyes rowling, seem ready to start out of their Heads; then* 3.37 near the Conclusion of these their dire Exhortations, they fall down in a Trance, and oftentimes lie so for a whole Hour, whilst the People gathering near them, tear their Throats, and cleave the Air with hideous shrieks and cries; when coming to themselves, in a cold and faint Sweat, their Limbs trembling, their Teeth chattering, strangely discompos'd, they tell the Peo∣ple, That in their Trance the gods appear'd to them, unfolding mysterious

things for their good, not yet to be express'd; besides, two others of these Women mount the Battlements of the Temple, and standing at the gable ends, they make afresh loud, and long Supplications to their gods: At last they strip themselves, and thus denuded, crying more earnestly to their gods, and first shaking, then taboring, or clapping with their Hands, raging as in a phanatick distraction. All the Women, following their impudent example, throw off with their Weeds all Shame at once, and so Tope and Deboush, till* 3.38 they disgorge their too plentiful excess.

Besides this their publick Worship in the Temple, they Offer in the open Streets, and exercise private and domestick Devotions, performing Family∣duties daily in their own Houses, to which those that please may repair, and joyn with them in this their Idol-Service.

With these Inibs also they consult concerning fair or foul Weather, when* 3.39 they have any Business abroad; also of future Events, which they seem to foretell, and if bad, advise how to prevent, or at least to mitigate: They also profess Exorcism, to drive away Evil Spirits, and to charm and confine the Devil, and all such deceitful Tempters; which they perform in a Rant, with loud Hectoring Acclamations, drawing a Iapan Faulchion, with which they Fence, Strike, and Thrust, flourishing it in the Air, making them believe, that thus they Fight the Fiend, and slice Satan out in Sippets, forcing him, thus being mangled, and cut almost into Attoms, to dive for his better safety into the Sea.

Yet these so salvage People, and blind with an over-grown ignorance, have* 3.40 lately (since the Hollanders East-India Company setled here, and built a Fort for their Defence, and conveniency of Trade) without any great difficulty embrac'd the Doctrine of the Christian Faith; which was the easier introduc'd, the Inhabitants being their own Governors, and under no Supream Authority,* 3.41 who exercising a Tyrannical Power, would, as other Persecutors, force them back from Gods true, to their false Idol-Worship, as at that time most part of India was, being either under Heathen or Mahumetan Governors, who with great fury obstructed the Gospel, which else might have flourish'd through the Oriental World: Besides, the Formosans kept no Books, wherein the Bounds of Religion were fix'd, and a setled maintain'd Doctrine, which still caus'd great variance, and hot Disputes amongst themselves, the whole Conduct of their Divine Laws being left to a few frantick and ignorant Women, who know nothing but by Tradition. This made it the more easie to reduce them from their Paganism and Idolatry; and finding little in their frenzied Inibs, that might perswade them to persist in their former Superstitions, many of them, with small difficulty, became good Christians. Thus far Candidius, which we have acquainted you with in our Iapan.

David Wright a Scots-man, and later than Candidius, who dwelt in the Isle seve∣ral years, hath thus enlarg'd more particularly in every part.

This Island is not under the Jurisdiction of one peculiar Governor, but* 3.42 stands divided into eleven Shires or Provinces, all lying to the In-land, of which every one hath several Towns and Villages belonging to them, be∣sides divers Lordships on the Mountains.

Under the Hollanders Command, (with which we will begin first) were for∣merly in the Northern Confines Sinkkan, Tavakan, Baklawan, Soelang, Mattou, Ti∣verang, Faberlang, Takhais, Tornap, Terenip, and Assoek.

The second Province is Kabelang, a Territory by the Netherlanders call'd The Bay of Kabelang, and contains seventy two Towns and Villages, every one govern'd by their own peculiar Laws, and in amity with each other. The Hollanders never being able to subdue the Inhabitants thereof, were forc'd to make Peace with them; after which they not onely Traded with several sorts of Merchandise, but also sold their Sons and Daughters to them for Slaves, taking commonly for a Youth of thirteen years old, ten Rix-Dollars.

The third Dominion belongs to the King of Middag, lying against the North-East of Tayowan, Southward of the River Patientia.

This Prince hath seventeen Towns that obey him, the biggest whereof, call'd Middag, is his chief Seat, and Place of Residence: Sada, Boedor, Dere∣donesel, and Goema, are four other of his eminent Towns, which last is a hand∣som place, lying five Miles from Patientia, in a Plain, whereas all the other are built on Hills. He had formerly twenty seven Towns under his Jurisdiction; but ten of them threw off the Yoke. He keeps no great State, being at his going abroad accompanied onely with one or two Attendants. He would never suffer any Christians to dwell in his Dominions, but onely allows them to Travel through his Countrey.

About seven Leagues to the Northward of Middag, and four Leagues from the Sea, lies Mount Gedult, so call'd from its difficult and hard Ascents: It ap∣pears square like a Table, so even and smooth, as if it were the Work of Art, not of Nature, having the advantage of adjacent Plains round about, and is over-grown with Brambles. On the South-side, at the Foot of this Hill, glides a River with so strong a Current, that the stoutest of the Natives, which are Men of able Bodies, dares not adventure to wade through it in any place; so that to make it fordable, they never attempt with less than twenty or thirty together, holding fast one by another; wherefore the Spaniards have by an Irony call'd it Rio Patientia, The Patient River; because to pass that rapid Stream, asks not only a great deal of Labor, but also some Patience.

The fourth Jurisdiction is that of Pimaba, comprehending eight Towns, and several Villages, the chiefest whereof is Pimaba, the Residence for the Go∣vernor. The Inhabitants thereof are a stout and warlike People, and most ex∣pert in their manner of Arms, of all the Formosans. This King, look'd upon as a brave Person, keeps a constant Guard, and is always quarrelling, and making War with his Neighbors. He was formerly in Friendship with the Hollanders, and proud to serve under them as Serjeant of a Company.

The fifth is Sapat, lying quite on the other side of Formosa, and commands over ten Towns; the Governor whereof is in League with Pimaba.

The sixth Dominion is call'd Takabolder, and hath eight Towns, besides se∣veral Villages under its Jurisdiction.

In Takabolder appears an exceeding high Mountain, which may be seen from Tayowan.

The seventh Lordship is that of Cardeman, govern'd by a Woman, who for her kind reception of the Christians, was by the Hollanders call'd The Good Woman: She commands over five Villages. When the Hollanders march'd into the Field, she sent them Provisions, had a great Authority over her Subjects, and being a Widow, married to one of the Princes of the Countrey.

The eighth Territory hath twelve Villages, of which the chiefest are Dere∣dou, Orrazo, Porraven, Barraba, Warrawarra, Tannatanna, and Cubeca.

The ninth is call'd Tokodekal, and hath seven Towns, and seven Villages;

the chief whereof is Tokodekal, where the Governor hath his Residence.

The tenth, nam'd Pukkal, consists onely of one handsom City, and main∣tains a continual War against the seven Villages of Tokodekal, and likewise against Percuzi and Pergunu, two Towns, which make the eleventh Dominion.

Besides all these foremention'd Places, there are abundance of Lordships in the Mountains; but we will not trouble the Reader with naming them, because they are so numerous, and for that every one is for it self, and conti∣nually make War one against another: But those Places which formerly the Hollanders had reduc'd, they kept in good order and quiet.

These Islands of Formosa and Tayowan, especially the Coasts, suffer much 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Storms and Tempests; for oftentimes the Wind blows down whole Trees and Houses, rending both Walls and Roofs from top to bottom: Besides by these Huricanes yearly many Ships are lost that approach near the Coasts.

Both these Isles also endure terrible Earthquakes. Anno 1654. hapned a mighty Earthquake, on the fourteenth of December, which continu'd, with short intermissions, almost seven Weeks together. It also rains here very much; wherefore none can travel above two Months, being December and Ianuary, for then is generally the fairest Weather; but their greatest and per∣petual Rains happen onely in Iuly and August. There are two Mousons, o•…•… Stormy Seasons; the one the Northern, and the other the Southern Mouson: The first begins in October, and continues till March; the second begins in May, and holds till September, which the Hollanders call'd The unconstant Month, because of its often change of Weather.

The circumjacent Sea, that washes the Skirts of these Isles, abounds with Fish, especially the Harder, or Shepherd-Fish, and another call'd the Kings-Fish. The Chineses come yearly towards February, from the Main-Land, with thousands of Jonks, to take these Shepherds, some of the Jonks being able to carry five or six hundred Tun. There sail also another sort of Vessels amongst these Jonks, which they call Koiaes, or Wankans, somewhat smaller than our Cock-boats.

This Harder, or Shepherd, is a Fish about the bigness of a Whiting, which when taken, is slit to the Back like Habberdine, then salted, and pack'd up in Barrels, is sent in Pickle all over China, as we and the Hollanders send our Her∣rings through Europe. The Rows of these Fishes are also salted, and put into Pots, which remaining very red, are accounted for a great Dainty amongst the Chineses.

For the Priviledge of Fishing under this Island, the Chineses us'd to pay the Tithes of all Fish for Custom, to the Hollanders there resident.

The Soil hath in it a natural Fertility, yet lies most part waste, through the ignorance and sloth of the Inhabitants: The fruitfullest Tract the King of Middag possesses, which produces abundance of Rice, Wheat, Barley, Rye, Kayjang, Ginger, Sugar, several sorts of Trees, and great variety of Fruits, as Lemmons, Oranges, Citrons, Pumpeons, Water-Melons, Cucumers, Ananasses, China-Roots, Kadjang, Fokkafoka, Potatoes, Ubes, Sweet-Herbs, Cabbage, Car∣rots, and abundance of Physical Herbs, and Cane-wood. Kadjang is a certain small Seed, green, and about the bigness of Coriander, which boyl'd with salt and fresh Fish, gives a more pleasant taste. Fokkafokas is a Fruit like a Pear, but thrice as big as one of our greatest; white on the shady side, and on the other, in stead of Red, of a Purple Colour, and shines on the top like Glass. It is first cut into four Quarters, then boyld with Flesh or Bacon, like Turneps,

Carrots, or Coleworts: Of the Broth, sweetned with Sugar they make good Drink.

They also have some few Sheep, and store of Harts, Goats, stags, Conies,* 3.43 Hares, tame and wild Swine, Tygers, Bears, Apes, and the like : But they have there also another kind of Creature, by the Hollanders call'd Tayowans Devil, about an Ell long, and five Inches broad▪ it is full of Scales, both un∣der his Belly, and on his Back; hath four Feet, a long sharp Head, very sharp Claws, and a Tail thin at the end; his Food nothing but Pismires; for be∣ing hungry, they put forth their Tongues, which when they perceive creep upon it, they draw in again, and so swallow their Prey: It is an Enemy on∣ly to the Ants, and is very fearful of Men, from whom it flies upon the first sight, into any hole, or else winds it self together; but if taken by the Tail, and shaken, opens again; so that the Hollanders have by an Irony nam'd it the Tayowans Devil, being so harmless, that it will neither offend another, nor defend it self. None of these are found in all Asia, but on this Isle, where they have all manner of Fowl else, except Parrots. There are also Serpents, Millepedes, Scorpions▪ Hedgehogs, and many other monstrous Creatures. They likewise oftentimes see great Swarms of Locusts.

Anno 1655. abundance of Locusts spread themselves over these Islands of For∣mosa and Tayowan: At their first appearance in Tayowan, they fell down from the Sky, like a great Snow here with us, and cover'd the whole Ground: Af∣ter two days they directed their way to Sakkam, multiplying in such manner, that no place was free of them. The People endeavoring to destroy the young Locusts in Sakkam, in four or five days got thirty thousand Picol weight: But* 3.44 all prov'd in vain, and they were forc'd to give over, when they saw their prodigious increase, utterly destroying their Sugar and Rice Fields every where.

Against the North-East part of Formosa lies a great and rich Golden Mine, surrounded by many other Marble Quarries: At the Foot thereof runs a Ri∣ver, with many winding Reaches; so that any one which intends to go in quest of the Gold, must cross this Stream above twenty times, and not with∣out great danger, because of the Stones, which frequently tumble from the Rocks. In August the great Rains sweep down an incredible Store of this rich Metal, which falls into Pits made on purpose at the Foot of the Hill, which the Inhabitants draining, gather the pure Oar from the bottom.

These Mountains are inhabited by a People which know no Prince, nor hitherto have been conquer'd by any. The Hollanders have often endeavour'd to gain some Ground in these High-lands; but were always repuls'd.

The Men of Formosa are very large and strong Limb'd, especially those in the Plain Countrey; for those of the Mountains are generally of lesser Stature, and the Women yet smaller than either. They are full-fac'd, and without Beards, not naturally, but by continual plucking out of the Hair so soon as it buds: They have great Eyes, flat Noses, large Breasts, and very long Ears, which they count a great Ornament, and are bored through, and tenter'd out broad with a Horn; some hang a round Tablet in the Hole, painted and carv'd after their manner; others, colour'd Shells; but chiefly on Festival days, and when they are to appear before their Idols; for on other days they leave their long extended Lugs, which cover their Collar-bone, naked and without Ornament, then no beautifying Addition to take Strangers, hanging almost half way down to their naked Breasts: Their Hair as black as Jeat,

[illustration]

is also very long, and by most worn as they do in Europe; but some, after the ancient Chinese manner, tye it on the top of their Heads, or braid it into one Lock. They are of a Tawny or Olivaster Complexion, not much fairer than the Mulatto. The Women of Midag are bright, like the golden Yellow, as likewise like those of Soetan Nouwe, and the Island Lamey.

They are ingenious, of subtile Wit, and great Memories, and none of the Indians are fitter to understand the Mysteries of, and readier to embrace the Christian Faith.

Their Habit or Summer-Garment, is only a thin Cotton Coat, made wide,* 3.45 tied fast on the Breast by two Corners, and then put under one of their Arms; so that generally one side of their Bodies is cover'd, and the other bare; about the middle close girt, and hanging down below their Knees. They neither wear Shoes nor Stockins; but sometimes a kind of Pumps or Sandals, made of Goat-skins, which they fasten on the top of their Feet.

In the Winter time they wear Tygers, Leopards, Bears, and other Wild∣beasts Skins. The People of Soulang went habited like the Dutch, being still conversant among them; but all the rest, like the Chineses.

Before the Spaniards and Hollanders coming thither, the Inhabitants went na∣ked; which Salvage Custom those that live in the Mountains still continue, wearing onely a small Cloth before.

The Womens Habit agrees almost with the Mens, onely with this diffe∣rence, that they tie Clouts about their Legs, like Spatterdashes, and have short Coats, like a Half-shirt without Sleeves, which reach down to their Middle, and under that a Cotton Cloth, falling down to their Knees. Their Heads are filleted with a piece of Silk, about a Yard and half long, whose two ends stick out like Horns, on their Foreheads; and none of them ever wear Shoes: But every Woman hath commonly a great Pig running after her, as we use to have a Dog.

[illustration]

The Men paint the Skin of their Breasts, Backs, and Arms, with a Colour which remains in the Flesh, and will never be got out, and by them account∣ed a great Bravery: about their Necks and Arms they hang Glass Beads strung, and Iron Armlets, which sit very straight, like an Elbow-Gauntlet, so narrow in the Wrist, that it seems impossible almost how they could be put over the Hand; and on their Legs they have Anclets of white Shells, joyn'd together like a Scallop Lace.

The Men of Tokdadekol wear as an Ornament a long Cane, which they stick behind their Backs at a Girdle, the other end bowing over their Heads, having a white or red Flag about two Handfuls broad.

Their Heads on Holydays are gay with Cocks Feathers, and their Arms and Legs with Bears Tails: The Women also use Glass, and Stones, and sometimes also Rix-Dollars. The Skins of Deer, spread on the Ground, serve them for Beds and Blankets. They have no Societies of Artificers, or Ma∣nufactory; but every one is his own Work-man, and Seamster, making what is necessary or useful for themselves to wear: They are very dexterous and rea∣dy in handling their Bowes and Arrows; and such excellent Swimmers, that they will bear on their Backs another Person through the swiftest Current.

They exercise themselves much in Running, and are very swift of Foot; so that some of them are able to beat a Horse at full speed: When they run, they hold a kind of a Bell about six Inches long in their Hand, which tinkles slower or faster according to their motion.

They never venture out to Sea, but Fish in Rivers with small Canoos.

The Inhabitants neither understand to brew Beer, as in Europe; nor press Wine, having no Grapes: But they use a certain Liquor call'd Musakkauw, or Machiko, made of Rice and Water, after this manner. A Vessel about the bigness of a Hogshead, or a Barrel, they fill two third parts with chaw'd and boyl'd Rice, and then fill'd up with Water to the top: This being a Brimmer, luted up, is put seven Foot deep under Ground, where it stands a whole Year; then

[illustration]

'tis again taken up, and the Moisture press'd out of the Rice (for most of the Water is soak'd into the Rice) with their Hands: After eight days the Juyce works it self into a very wholesom Liquor, which may compare with the strongest Wine, and will remain good twenty or thirty Years; for the older it grows, the stronger and pleasanter it tastes, being preserv'd in the same Pots it was made in, and cover'd over with Earth. There are some Houses which have stow'd in their Butteries two or three hundred of these Vessels. At the Birth of a Child, the Father prepares two or three Pots of this Drink, and preserves it till the Childs Marriage. All the Wild People, both Men and Women, are great Lovers of this Liquor, and account it the chiefest Regalia, when they are caress'd with this Cordial.

They have yet another sort of Drink, by them call'd Cuthay, made of the same press'd Rice (which they preserve, and through not away) in this man∣ner: They take a Handful of this Rice, and put it into a Callabash, which con∣tains about two Gallons, which they fill up with Water: This is a cool Drink, not strong, and hath onely a smatch of the Masakauw.

In the Northern Part of Formosa, between Kelang and Tamsay, and between Tamsay and Mount Gedult, they make another Drink of Wood-ashes, which is also very strong, but unwholesom for the Europeans, because 'tis apt to excori∣ate, breeding the Bloody-Flux: But the Natives, though so well stor'd with these several Liquors, yet for the most part satisfie themselves with Water.

Their usual Diet is dry'd Venison, Flesh of Wild Swine, and Fish; all which they eat raw, without Seething or Rosting: Boyl'd Rice serves them for Bread, which they take with their four fingers, and toss into their Mouthes. They seeth not their Rice in Water; but putting it into a Cullender, hang it over a Pot fill'd with boyling Water, from whose ascending Steam and Heat, the Rice grows moist and warm.

In the Southern Parts of Akkou and Zoetanau, they make Cakes of Rice, and prepare their Venison after a strange manner; viz. The Flesh cut from the

[illustration]

Bones in Slices of two Inches thick, is salted in a Trough, and pack'd very close; and after lying thus one Night, they set it on the Roof of their Hou∣ses to dry in the Air, where it becomes so hard as Stock-fish, yet tastes better than Mutton, and is generally sold for about a Shilling a Cattay, that is, a Pound.

The Inhabitants also take Tobacco▪ although it grows not there, but is brought to them from China: Their Pipes are thin Reeds or Canes, with Stone Heads: That which the Hollanders often smok'd there, was brought from Iapan; which though strong, is but like the Refuse of other Tobacco.

Their Houses are all built of Wood and split Canes, which because of their* 3.46 ignorance in preparing of Lime or Stone, and the decaying of the Canes, seldom last above four or five years, at which time they pull down the old, and build new ones in the same place, though not without great charge, oc∣casion'd by the unsatiable drinking of the Work-men all the time of their Building; so that an ordinary Man is scarce able to build a House. They generally stand six Foot from the Ground, on a Hill of Clay: When the Foundation is first laid, they raise several Steps from the Street to go up to it: The foremost part of the Foundation resembles a Semicircle, or Half-Moon, and likewise the Roof over the Front; the rest thatch'd with Straw, and other such like Materials, is above twenty, and sometimes above thirty Foot high, jutting four Foot over the Front, that in rainy Weather they may stand dry. Every House is almost sixty Foot broad, and two hundred Foot long, with onely one Room, and one Story. Their Penthouse, or Front-Roof, they hang full of Swines Teeth, Glasses, Shells, and such like Baubles, strung on Thred, which by the Wind being stirr'd and blown one against another, make a ging∣ling noise, very pleasant. The Roof, which they finish on the Ground, is by the Builders divided into two parts, one on one side, and the other on the other laid upon the House. They begin their Buildings at a certain time of the Year, viz. in Ianuary or February, because those are dry Months; but before

they build, they make Observations of their good Success by Dreams, which they tell to one another every Morning: If they dream of a Post, or Pisang Tree, or short Cane, they look upon it as a good signification, and begin their Building▪ but if they Dream of a long Reed on Cane, in their Language call'd Foerik, they take it for an ill Omen, and defer the Work till they have better Visions. When they begin to build, they thus invoke one of their Idols: Oh Father, be with us; when we go to cut Canes, and we will build an Edifice for thee, and pull the old one down; which done, we will serve thee with more Zeal than ever we did before.

Coming into the Cane Thicket, they first cut off one of the slenderest of all, speaking these words: Ipatahoang, Tuataki, Maganich, Maling; that is, To your Honor, O ye gods, we cut this Cane, because you have made good our Dreams. This Reed or Cane is not strip'd of its Leaves, because the gods may see what it was cut off for, and is Planted on the North side of their Temple; for on the South side is the Burying and Offering places for their Dead; but on the North side they offer all living things.

After they have cut as many Canes as they want, they pull down the old House, having before made a small Hut, just big enough to hold their Goods; before they go to work upon the main House, they offer to their gods a Box of Pinang, boyl'd Rice, and a dry'd Shepherd, or some other the like Fish, with en∣treaties that they would not be angry at it; for say they, We will build you a new House, we pray you preserve us; O you that help us in all our troubles, defend us against our Enemies, and provide for us in necessity; We pray you be not offended with us; receive our Offerings, and enter with us into our new Houses. Which done, enquiry is again made amongst themselves, what appear'd to every one in their sleep the Night before, and he who is judg'd to have had the best Dream, begins the Work first, and offers strong Drink, and Pinang to the gods, praying them to grant him two quick Hands to perform his Labor. When the Walls are made, the Master of the Work first entring the House, makes an Offering to the gods be∣fore all the People.

When they raise the Roof, three or four Women stand ready with Calliba∣shes full of Water, out of which drinking, they spit some part into the Mouths of each other, which if deliver'd cleanly, and receiv'd without sprinkling, they count it a good Omen, that their Houses will prove stanch and long lasting. But the Women must be very quick in this performance, for according to their thinking, the more exquisite and nimbler they are in performance, the sooner they believe the whole work will be ended; which when effected, and the House perfectly finish'd, then they Tope at such a free and plentiful rate, that they conclude these Ceremonious Rites in the heighth of Ebrity. After this, some distance from the House, sit two or three Men, every one holding a black Pot, which they call Tatak, and Worshipping, say, Here is Liquor, come let us drink up all, neither be offended with us, O you gods, but assist us now, and always, in our Buildings. Lastly, They ask again for every ones Dream, and he that hath Dreamt best, must lay the Floor, and kindle the first Fire.

But concerning their Superstition in Divine Worship, they give to each Priestess a Box of Pasie, that is, a Peck of Rice in the Ear, desiring them about Noon to come to their Houses, to make an Oblation to their gods, which they perform in this manner:

First, A fat Porket being brought to the place, is laid with his Head to∣wards the East, then the Priestess strikes him with all her strength on the back

[illustration]

with a Pestle, such as they beat Rice with, for they touch not the Head, for fear of bruising the Brains, which must remain whole, and without any confusion; if the Pestle chance to break with the blow, they take it for a certain sign, that they shall die that year. With the Hog they offer Pinang, Siri, and scalded Rice; on the Head they pour Masakhaw, and cut the Belly into handsome slices, where∣of they lay one on a Chest in the House for an ornament, praying their gods to fill it with costly Goods. In like manner, they lay another piece on their Swords and Shields, and then pray to their gods to strengthen them against their Enemies; nay, they leave not a Callabash in the House without Sanctify∣ing it by laying a piece of the flesh upon it; but all the Inwards are offer'd to their gods, with these words: This we give to you, our gods, to keep our Swine, and make them fat; for this trouble the Priestess, as a reward, hath ten Boxes of Pa∣sie, and two yards of Painted Cloth, the right shoulder of every kill'd Pig, a piece of the Belly, a piece of the Heart, Liver, Kidney, some of the Guts, and Masakhaw; then they desire her to come every day to their Houses, there to Implore, that they may stand a long time: And such a prevailing power do the Formosans ascribe to these Sacrifices, that they believe no evil Spirit after can hurt them or theirs.

If any House accidentally happen to be set on fire (by which oftentimes whole Streets, nay whole Villages, by reason of the combustible Materials, are burnt to Ashes) they Apprehend, Accuse, and without Examination, as if Con∣victed, punish that Man whom they first find in the Street, forcing him to make good, if able, the damage towards the Re-building, which if he refuse, his House is immediately set on fire; but if they find no body in the Street to accuse, then as if all were guilty, they lay their hands to the work, and at their own Costs and Pains finish it.

The chief Power and Strength of this Island consists in its People, the Coun∣trey being wonderfully populous.

The Towns which War continually one against another, are fortifi'd with

all manner of Inventions for strength; and in stead of Walls, surrounded with great Woods, Planted on purpose, and much stronger than any Walls, for the Trees stand exceeding close, and above three hundred Paces in breadth.* 3.47

The Passages in and out are onely little cross Paths, with many turnings and windings, onely wide enough for one Man to walk, so that they must fol∣low each other: On both sides of the narrow Ways are some little Out-lets, in which they may lie in an Ambuscade, so that no man can pass by them, but they command him with their Bowe. In the Night they stick them full of Spikes like our Galthrops, which they make of a very hard Wood; sometimes they use Snares and Traps, which whoever comes amongst them is caught be∣ing intangled; these Paths thus made, as occasion offer, they can change and desert, and make new ones when they please.

In Middagh and Pimeba, nay, in every Town are three or four very high Towers built of Canes, on which Men Arm'd watch with Bowes and Arrows Night and Day.

They continually maintain War one against another, Lord against Lord,* 3.48 and Village against Village: In like manner, before they March into the Fields they Superstitiously observe their Dreams which they had the Night preceding; and augury, from the singing and flying of a certain small Bird, call'd Aydak; if this Bird meets them flying with a Worm in his Bill, they take it for an in∣fallible sign, that they shall conquer their Enemies; but if the Bird flies from them, or pass by them, they are so much dishearten'd with the ill Omen, that they return home, nor will Engage till they have better signs: They chuse always one most approv'd for Valor as their General, whom they stile Tama∣tuwa, who never takes the Field, or Engage in Battel, before he hath by Of∣ferings endeavor'd to pacifie and implore the gods for good success.

They shew no Mercy, nor give any Quarter, but Slaughter all, not sparing Women and Children; neither are they satisfi'd with killing them, but carry home the Heads of the Slain as Trophies of their Victory, being receiv'd at their return by their Wives and Children, with great rejoycing express'd by Singing and Dancing, and enter the Towns with the Heads of their Ene∣mies erected upon long Poles, which they present to their gods seven succeed∣ing Nights; after having taken off all the flesh, they hang up in their Houses the Sculls as Ornaments, as we in Europe use Paintings or Statues.

When they draw forth again to the like bloody Work, they take the before∣mention'd Sculs with them, and stop their Mouths full of Rice: And when thus cramb'd, invoke after this manner: You Reliques, though of our Enemies, O let your Spirits departed from you, march with us into the Field, and help us to obtain the Vi∣ctory; which if you please to grant, and we have the day, we promise to present you with continual Offerings, and reckon you among the number of our favoring gods: But if they be routed and some slain, whose Bodies they could not bring off, they return to their Towns with great lamentations, then feed their fancies with represen∣tatives, dress'd up as Babies in Clouts, like those that were lost in the Field, whom they Interr, as if the very same Persons, and get the Priestess to make Offerings to the Deceas'd Souls, conjuring them not to go amongst, nor by in∣telligence help their Adversaries: Then the Priestess goes by her self to the ap∣pointed place, and offers to the Souls of the Deceas'd a Swines Liver, Heart, and one or two of the Feet, together with scalded Rice, Pinang, and Masakhaw; at her return she relates what a sad complaint the Souls departed made, and that they were almost starv'd.

Their Arms are Bowes, Arrows, Shields, Swords, Faulchions, Spears, of* 3.49 Darts, about the length of a half Pike, headed with pointed Steel, and having four Rings of Barbs, close to which hangs a long Line, wherewith when they have discharg'd the Dart, and wounded any, they hale to them by the Line and Staff of the Javelin the struck Enemy, whom when within their reach, taking hold of the Hair with their left Hand, with the right they whip off their Heads, and leave the Corps neglected.

They fight not always, though drawn up in battel array, but when the two Armies are in view, often from each Party a bold Champion steps forth, Arm'd with a Shield, two short Swords, a Spear, and half a dozen lesser Darts; thus provided they fight valiantly till one is slain, and the Victor returning with his Head upon his Lance, about whom his Friends flock, Rejoycing, Dancing, Singing, and Drinking Masakhaw; then returning home, he fixes his bare Scull as a Register and Trophy of their Victory; and this Duel, for that time decides the Quarrel, and all march off in quiet.

If any of the Natives of this Isle happen to fall sick, they apply themselves on∣ly* 3.50 to Women-Doctors, for no other officiate there; who finding out the part affected by inquiry, they rub and chafe it very strongly, and if that cure not, which seldom happens, they are at a loss, being utterly ignorant of the know∣ledge of Physick, or how to make any application, either by Herbs or other Compound Medicines fitting for Distempers, or in any manner how to rectifie the Diet of the Sick. But before the Tamatatah (for so they call their Doctress) comes to the Patient, she Sacrifices to their gods; if the Distemper be small, then only with Masakhaw; but if the sickness be dangerous, with Pinang and Siry; if the Disease be stubborn, then the Priestess being sent for, makes Offering to the gods Tagitelag and Tagesikel; but if the Distemper doth not remit, then the Do∣ctress and Priestess come both together, and seek by Charms and Incantations to find out whether the Person shall Live or Die, which they perform after this manner: The Priestess pretending to speak with the Sick Mans or Wo∣mans Spirit, pulls them by their Fingers, which if they crack, she comforts them with hopes of recovery; but if not, they look upon it as a certain sign of Death. Secondly, they take a Leaf from a Tree, by them call'd Fangack, which putting before the Sick Persons Lips, the Priestess comes with a Mouth full of Water, and spurts on the Leaf; if the Water runs off towards her, it is a sign of Life; but if it remains with the disaffected, or fall on the other side, they expect certain death; but if at last the Sick recovers, he is not permitted to come into their Congregation during their Karichang, for that is a testimony of his Thankfulness for the preservation of Life; and then he brings to the Prie∣stess a Pot full of Masakhaw, an Offering to the gods Takafocloe, Telumalum, and Tapali Appe, saying, Accept this as a token of Thanksgiving from my Hands; you have well done to give me Life. While they are going to the Priestess about this affair, they must take heed that they meet with no Blind or Decrepit Person, for if they should, they must return, lest they be punish'd with another Sickness. They also account it a strange Omen, to hear any one Sneese in their going: But if the Distemper increase daily to a greater height, either by Convulsions or other acute Pains, they lay the whole blame upon the Devil himself, as being the Author, whom they call Schytinglitto; whom to expel, they send for the Priestess, who conjures him in this manner: First, after some Oblations, she prays to the gods to strengthen her against the Devil, and banish all man∣ner of fears from her; then calling for a Sword, and a Pot of Masakhaw, at∣tended

with some of the stoutest Youth, which are so valiant as to venture with her, hunts through all the corners of the House after the Devil; whom when she hath found, as she crys out, she drives away, assisted by the young Men, making a most terrible noise. Having thus driven him a considerable way to the Bank of a River, or some running Water, or to the Woods if there be no Water near, then she takes the Pot with Masakhaw, and first drinking a good Soope out of it, throwing the remainder Pot and all after the Devil, and says these words, Take that, and return not to the Patient from whom I expell'd you. This done, she plants a Cane in the Ground, of which (as they report) the Devil stands in great fear.

When the Fiend (as she saith) approaches her, she strikes very fiercely at him, and shows some Hair hid about her for that purpose to the People, which she makes them believe (and they credit) that she hath broke the Devils Head, and pull'd those Locks from it; and for this her trouble she receives a Red Strip'd Garment, and so departs: But if the Distemper still continues, and that there is no sign of amendment, they send again for the Priestess, who coming thither, saith, That the Devil loves the House, and therein intends to dwell; Whereupon, being desir'd to drive him from thence, and also her Re∣ward shew'd her, she takes a Spade, Digs a Hole in several places of the House, and pulls out some more Hair which she hath hid, crying aloud to all the standers by, that she hath had the Devil by the Head, and that that is his Hair; then seeming to force him out of the House, with many scurrilous Exclama∣tions.

After all endeavors us'd in vain, and that their Stiches and Pains no way abate, then they commit them to their gods; but when they are ready to yield up the Ghost, they pour so much strong Liquor down their Throats, that run∣ning out at their Mouth and Nostrils, it drowns and suffocates: Thus having fetch'd the last Gasp, all those that are about him cry out with a lamentable voice, making strange Gesticulations, clapping, and stamping with their Hands and Feet; and to give notice that one is dead in the Town, they go up and* 3.51 down Tabering upon one of their Drums; which done, and the Corps wash'd in warm Water, his best Clothes are put on, adorn'd with Bracelets and other Ornaments, his Weapons laid by him, and Rice and Masakhaw proffer'd to him, all which lie two days by the Body; which if they should not do, his Soul (they say) would be angry: Likewise they kill a Hog for his Provision, to supply his long Journey, and then they offer the Corps up to their gods: Before the House they set up a long Cane, with a Pennon on the top, and near it a great Tub with Water, for the Soul to Bathe in: Against the Even∣ing, all the Friends come thither, accompany'd with most of the Towns-men, every one with a Pot of Masakhaw; the nearest of Kin to the Deceas'd, lay themselves down by the Corps, and making a mournful complaint, utter these words; Why didst thou die? why didst thou leave us? What hurt, what harm have we done thee? O my Son, my loving Child come hither to us, and stay with us; If you will not, take us to your self, since we are ready to die and follow you; What shall we do without you? what do we do here after you?

To increase their sorrow, the Women make a very doleful noise, by tram∣pling and tabering with their Feet on a hollow Trough before the Door, at which the standers by cry, Hark, how the Trees bemoan the loss of this Man. This stamping on the Trough, is by them call'd Smaghdakdaken: They also hire se∣veral Women which sit constantly crying by the Corps, and sometimes make

sad Complaints, and Sing mournful Elegies which they name Temulidid▪ These Women likewise pray to the gods, that the Soul may have a good place in Heaven, and find a new Wife and Friends there: The young Men, in the mean time running up and down with Rattles in their Hands.

After the Corps hath lain two days on Rushes, they bring it to a place call'd Takay, where they wash it several times with warm Water; but if a rich Per∣son, with Masakhaw, then scrape it so long, till pieces of Flesh and Skin hang▪ dangling about it. Lastly, they make a gentle fire nine days under the Corps▪ which Roasting by degrees, occasions a horrible stench.

The Body thus Broyl'd is wound up in a Mat, and laid again on the Rushes as before; then they make a great Feast call'd Gahalhal, killing ten or twelve Swine, some for offerings to the gods, others for Taghimihe, or Provisions for the departed Souls Journey.

Some of this Pork is cut in small pieces, and serv'd about to the Mourners; at that time the House is fill'd with Men and Women, every one with a Pot of Masakhaw, all which sometimes Weep, and sometimes Drink, till they are all Maudlin-Drunk; they mix a strange complaint with horrid confusion: Then the nearest Relations go again to the Corps, and make the foremention'd com∣plaints, why he dy'd, &c. If it be the body of a rich Person, it is kept some years before it is Bury'd, and serv'd every day as if living, setting fresh Meat and Drink before it.

If the Deceas'd dy'd a Batchellor, then they relate all the Heroick Exploits which he perform'd in his Life time, and the number of his slain Enemies; over his Head they hang a Cane, with as many Notches in it as he hath kill'd Men. Lastly, they carry the Dead to the common Burying-place, close by their Temples, where some must watch nine or ten days, for they certainly be∣lieve that the Devil watches about him all that time; after the ten days expired, their Friends go thither with Rattles, and Boughs of Pisang Trees, with fire in their Hands, making a terrible noise, under pretence to hunt the Devil from thence. The Wife to the Deceased (if he leaves one behind him) Prays before him so long as he lies in the House, desiring the gods, that they would be kind and merciful to him. And while the Corps is above the Ground, the House may not be swept, but when the Corps is carry'd out, and the House swept, the Woman that did it must throw away the Broom towards the South, saying, Who owes the House? whereupon answering her self, It doth not belong to me nor us, what then have we to do with this House?

These People observe seven Solemn times as Festivals with great Ceremo∣nies:* 3.52

The first call'd Trepaupoe Lakkang, which begins at the latter end of April,* 3.53 and is kept by the Sea side, whither both Young and Old, Rich and Poor, flock in great multitudes: Here their Priestess pretends to speak with, and re∣ceive Answers from their gods, offering them Swines-flesh, Rice, Masakhaw, and Pisang, with Prayers to send them store of Rain for the forwarding the growth of their Corn, or if it be already grown, to keep it from hurtful Winds.

After their Sacrifices ended, they sit down about the same place, and fall a Drinking to excess; while the ancient men standing on a row every one with a whole Reed in one hand, and a Lance in the other, sprinkle them with Masak∣haw. In their Huts they discourse of all their Villanies committed, or brag who hath slain the most of their Enemies, and brought home their Heads as

Trophies; but he that hath done the most work in Harvest, is accounted the bravest Fellow.

The second Feast call'd Warabo Lang Varolbo, that is, Tying Fast, they generally* 3.54 hold in Iune, against which they observe their Dreams, and Singing of the Birds.

At the day of Offering they rise very early, and make themselves ready for the Work, both Men and Women, with great Zeal; the Women first Conse∣crate the Irons with which they Weed; the Basket in which they carry their Caps, likewise the Callabashes, Rings, Bracelets, Chests, the Front of the House and Bridge; Praying also to the gods Tamagisangak, and Tekaroepada for good Fortune, and security against Fire, and to be their Defence against Poysonous and Voracious Beasts; all which they do before they go out.

The Men Pray to the gods Topoliap and Takavoelie, and offer them Masakhaw, boyl'd Rice, Pinang, Siri, and Swines flesh, begging of them in time of War, to defend them against their Enemies, to sharpen their Swords, Arrows, and Assa∣gays; and lastly, to harden their Bodies against their Adversaries, Darts, and Arrows.

Then both Men and Women, but most of the Female Sex go to their Priestess call'd Ibis, to whom they shew great Reverence and Obedience; some years ago there was a certain Ibis call'd Tiladam Tuaka, which was us'd to per∣form many abominable Ceremonies at this Feast, viz. She climb'd on the Roof of the Temple, where she stood in sight of all the People, then began to tell them, that the gods would have taken her to them from the Temple; which done, she call'd for the Drink-Offerings, and holding a great Pot with Liquor in both Hands, said, That the gods, unless she did so, would not drink; then being drunk, she pull'd off all her Clothes, Because the Children of God, said she, cannot enter into Heaven with any Earthly Robes. Thus standing in sight of all People, she began to evacuate what she had so greedily swallow'd, saying, That the gods, according to the quantity of her Vomit, would send them Rain; whereupon the People force upon her more Liquor, that they may have plenty of Rain: If the Priestess chances to Urine thorow the Roof of the Church, then the Spectators promise to themselves a fruitful year, but if not, great scarcity, so that they often drink the more to satisfie the People; then bidding the whole Congre∣gation look up, she Tabors on her private parts a considerable time, which Taboring the Spectators observe with as much Zeal, as in our Countrey the Auditors give ear to the Preaching of a Sermon.

Lastly, coming down, she falls flat on the ground, and begins to roar and foam, rolling too and again, and spreading her Hands and Feet, then lies still a while, as in a Trance; her associates come to lift her up, but seem to have met with too weighty a burthen; yet at last recovering, after she hath made a small Speech to the People, her Companions lead her into the Temple, where she drinks her self dead Drunk; all which impudent debaucheries, as they say, are done to the honor of their gods, to grant them store of Rain, and a plentiful Harvest.

All the Women must appear naked at this Feast, except their Privacies, which they cover with a Kagpay, that is, a little piece of Cloath; so also must the Men: When they have drunk out all their Liquor at the Temple, the Congregation goes home, where they Drink till the Morning, and walk from house to house, committing all manner of Villanies, not fearing to lie with, or vitiate their Sisters and Daughters.

The third Feast call'd Sickariariang, they keep in Iune; the manner thus:* 3.55

After every one hath done their Private Devotions in their Houses, and as they say, spoke with the gods, they make themselves ready to go to the general place of Sacrifice near the Sea. The Men walk stark naked, but the Women have a small Clout before them. At their general Assembly, the Priestess offers to the gods, of whom they now request, that they may be strengthen'd against their Enemies; and the Women, that the Corn be preserv'd from Tempests and Wild Beasts.

Amongst all other, this is the most Celebrated, because it is as one of Bacchus and Venus's Feasts; so that it differs much and exceeds the rest, in perpetrating unheard of Abominations, both night and day: The young Men are comman∣ded by the Magistrates of the Town, to go naked to this Feast, and to exercise themselves with Running, and Martial Discipline, which they willingly per∣form.

The fourth nam'd Lingout, begins in Harvest, and kept also on the Sea shore,* 3.56 near the mouth of a River: Hither also both Men and Women going naked, pray to the gods for Rain, to keep the Corn in the Ears, to banish Storms and Tempests, which very frequently rise in that Moneth. Great villanies are committed at this Feast. The Youths are stuck and hung with green Boughs and Garlands, and so adorn'd, must run Races with Rattles in their Hands; he that gets first to the River wins the Wager, and by the Maidens is conducted and carry'd over, where he enjoys the handsomest of them at his pleasure.

The fifth Feast call'd Piniang, is kept in October, at which time the Magistrates* 3.57 have a piece of Wood cut in the fashion of a Tortoise-shell, ty'd to their Bo∣dies, whereupon in the Night, with their whole Congregation, they walk Drumming and Shouting up and down the Town. At this Feast they come all clothed to their place of Offering, to run about with the artificial Shell, which is first perform'd by those whose Parents are yet living, then by those that are Orphans. This Feast is no less polluted by vicious performances than the other.

The sixth they name Itaoungang: At this Feastival the old and young Men ap∣pear* 3.58 in peculiar Habits, and have a pretty way of moving their Hands and Feet, Capering, and hitting their Feet one against another, and likewise act se∣veral Postures with their Hands; besides many other Ceremonies, too long here to relate. This continues two days, meeting both Morning and Evening, at the sound of the artificial Tortoise-shell; after they have perform'd their se∣veral Offerings to their Deities, they fall a Drinking, in which they spend the whole Night.

The seventh Feast call'd Korouloutaen, is kept in November with great Solem∣nity.* 3.59 At the time of this Feast they adorn their Arms and Heads with white Feathers.

The Formosans (except those by the Hollanders converted to Christianity) believe not in God, the Creator of Heaven and Earth, but Worship thirteen Idols.

The first and chiefest is call'd Tamagisangak, and resides in the West part of Heaven.

The other his Wife, Takaroepada, and dwells over against him in the East: both these are by them accounted for their powerfullest gods, and reverenc'd with great Devotion; for if any War lay desolate their Cities, or Sickness and Famine oppress the People, they say all proceeds from the neglect of their duty in worshipping these gods.

The third God call'd Tamagisangak reigns in the South, and shapes handsome People, as the fourth his heavenly Consort Teckarupada, in the East gives growth to Corn and Field-Fruits; they say, these Deities have the ordering of Mans Life, wherefore the Women present them with Seeds and Plants: They believe likewise that Thunder is the Goddess Teckarupada's voice, chiding at her Hus∣band for not sending Rain timely upon the Earth, and he always, when thus ratled up by his thundering Wife, delays not to send Rain in abundance.

The fifth God call'd Tugittellaegh, and his Queen Tagisikel the sixth, have the cure of the Sick, and are worshipp'd by them.

The seventh Deity being Tiwarakahoeloe, and the eighth Tamakakamak, are chiefly reverenc'd by such as frequent the Woods and Forest, to hunt and kill wild Beasts.

The ninth call'd Tapaliat, and the other Tatawoeli, govern all Martial Affairs, and are for the most part invok'd by Soldiers.

The eleventh nam'd Takarye, and the twelfth Tamakading, preside their annual Feasts, and punish the omission of their long setled Customs.

The thirteenth Farikhe, they say resides in the North, they esteem him a cross∣grain'd and ill natur'd God, whose business is to deform what ever nature makes Comely, and therefore onely worship him that he may not mis-shape them.

The Natives relate, that this last God was formerly a Man living in Sinkam, very fierce, and of a stern Countenance, with an exceeding long Nose, which caus'd the People so to mock at him, that growing impatient to bear such in∣dignities any longer, he desir'd of the Gods to take him amongst them, which was immediately granted; that after some stay there, he descended again, and gave his Countrey-men twenty seven Articles or Commandments, charging to observe them strictly, threatning, that if they neglected, he would send upon them many and great Plagues. These Commandments they keep ten days together every Month, beginning when the Moon enters Aries, which time is by them call'd Karichang▪ of which Laws more hereafter.

The Formosans are very slothful, and Till but little, although they possess much fruitful and rich Land. None dare be so bold to Sowe his Ground, be∣fore he hath offer'd two Hogs at Tamacuwalo and Tamabal, chief Houses belong∣ing to the third and fourth Gods, Teckarupada, and Tamagisangak; and this Ob∣lation is requir'd by one of the Priests belonging to the same Houses. In like manner, the Oldest of the Village, when it Rains, bring a Hog, and abun∣dance of Masakhaw to the Priests that dwell in those two Houses, to be offer'd to their Gods.

If at their going to Sowe their Fields, they chance to meet a wild Beast, and kill it, they carry the Liver and Heart as a Victim, to their Gods in the two Houses; and when all the People are assembled, the Priests of the two Houses must first Sowe a small spot of Ground, and then all the rest may proceed, ha∣ving first laid between two Bundles of Straw, by them call'd Tenguro, a Pisang Leaf, a little Siri and Lime, to be offer'd to their Gods.

The Seed being put into the Ground, a Rice Pot, in their Language call'd Sangi, is placed on the North side of the two Houses, and left there till the Rice hath attain'd its full growth.

If the Corn near the Pots (for close by them they Sowe a little) grows well, they take them away with great joy, and freely believe, that they shall have a kindly and plentiful Harvest.

They are not permitted to take Tobacco in the Seed-time, lest (as their

Priestesses tell them) all their Seed should turn into that stinking Vapor. The are forbidden in that time to throw the Bones of Salt Fish, or Peels of Onions on the Ground; but must carry them in a Talangack, or Pot, into the Woods, to prevent the devouring of their Corn by Poysonous Serpents.

They must keep no Fire, lest the Corn should be burnt. Sugar-Canes or Pomegranates they may eat onely in the Evening; but they may not during that Season taste any Roast-meat, for fear the Corn should be set on Fire by wild Swine; nor any Mahall, that is, Powder'd Flesh, lest it should be devour'd by Worms: They must also abstain from Kanging and a Hay, both Fishes, because they believe, if they should eat of them, that the Corn would have no Ears.

They conceit, That if they should sleep in the Field during their Seed-time, their Corn would not grow upright, but lodge on the Ground; and if they drink any Water, except mix'd with Masakhaw, that the Grain would never ripen, but be green and watery.

If the Dust or Sand happen to light in ones Eyes, he may not endeavor to get it out by rubbing, or otherwise, till he has quit the Field they have sown.

They never cut their Corn before they have made Offerings to their Gods.

If a Thorn chances to get in any ones Foot, he must not pull it out in the Field, but must leave the Place.

No Woman may turn her back Parts to a Man, nor go naked.

Many more ridiculous Customs they use during the Seed-time, which are strictly observ'd by them; as, when the Corn is ready to be cut, they thresh one Bundle, and laying a Lump of Earth upon it, implore the Gods to fill and make weighty the Ears of all the rest.

After they have brought in the Corn to their particular Houses, they offer a Swine, and use many Ceremonies in the killing of it; amongst others, they lay a great piece of Clay on a large black Pot, which they firmly believe makes their Corn grow more full and weighty.

Their Hunting, which is never less than twelve days together, is perform'd* 3.60 sometimes by few, and at other times with many People, who for the most part use Snares and Canes, and also Assagays, Bowes, and Arrows. When they have appointed a great Match, they build a House in the Fields, which they call Cadelang, wherein they hang all their Implements.

And as they have their third and fourth Gods that look over their Tillage, so their seventh and eighth, nam'd Tawarakakoeloe, and Tamakakamak, bear the sway in Hunting. Before they go out, they tell to one another the Dreams they had in the Preceding Night, and also neglect not Augurial Observations; insomuch that if the Bird Aydak meet them, they count it a good Omen; but if it flies either on the right or left side of them, they put off their Venating Sport till some other time.

Others also go to a River side, where they make a peculiar kind of Sacri∣fice to their Gods, with these Words, If the Devil, or any other Evil Spirits follow us, we beseech that you would drive and banish them from us.

From the first Quarry of every sort of Wild Creatures, they take a snip from the Tail, Mouth, Heart, and Kidneys, which with a Pisang Leaf, scalded Rice, and Masakhaw, they present to their Deities.

Coming back from their Recreation, they return thanks to the Gods, in the House which they built to put their Arms, and Hunting-necessaries in, praying, That those which come after them may have no success, nor kill any thing.

Lastly, They pull down and burn the House, having first sent for the Wo∣men to carry home the taken Venison, who coming thither, bring abundance of cheering Tope to make merry with.

They often kill at one of these great Hunting-Matches, eight hundred, a thousand, nay, sometimes two thousand Head of Deer; so that the Nether∣landers could buy there the best and fattest Hanch of Venison for a Shilling.

All the Formosans much differ from one another in their Speech, so that you* 3.61 shall seldom find two or three Villages, though but three or four Leagues di∣stant from one another, but their Dialects vary so much, that they are forc'd to use Interpreters.

They have neither Letters, Writings, nor Books, neither were willing to learn, although both the Spaniards and Hollanders have offer'd to teach and in∣struct them.

The Islands Formosa and Tayowan lay very convenient for the Netherlanders Chinese Trade, because at most Seasons of the Year they could sail to them from the Coast of China, out of the River Chinch, or Chinchieu.

The chiefest Merchandise which the Hollanders got at Formosa, consisted in Sugar, Goats and Deers Skins, which they transported thence to Iapan.

The Companies Merchandise was carried in Chinese Jonks to the River Chin∣chieu, and the City Eymuy, to their Factors or Merchants residing there, and also to other peculiar Chinese▪Merchants, whose Credit was good, to send them such Returns as were desired at Iapan, India, and the Netherlands, which Trade was conniv'd at by the Koabon of the Territory Fokien. There also came some pe∣culiar Merchants out of China, with their own Vessels, to dispose of their pri∣vate Merchandise, though of small concern: Therefore when the time ap∣proach'd, that the Ships were to go Annually to Iapan or Batavia, and that the Goods came but slowly from China, they were necessitated to go themselves with two or three Vessels to China or Eymuy, where the Goods were brought, weigh'd, and receiv'd aboard in several Parcels, and were forc'd to give eight or ten Tail more on a Picol of Silk, than▪ otherwise; each Tail valued at about five Shil∣lings Sterling, and a Picol, a hundred twenty five Pound weight.

The Formosans observe a Time, which they call Karichang, very strictly, ab∣staining from several things while it lasteth.

This Karichang comes every Month once, which is when the Moon (as we mention'd before) enters our Vernal Sign Aries. It was, they say, first consti∣tuted by one that liv'd in Sinkan, call'd Fariche Fikrigo Gon-go-Sey, being of a very stern Countenance, with a long Nose, for which, mock'd and derided by all his Acquaintance: He therefore tyr'd with their continual gybes and jeer∣ing, having still one fling or other at his Nose, desir'd the Gods that they would please to take him from this wicked World, and place him in Heaven; which being, as they say, granted, after some time he descended again on the Earth, where he commanded the People, as a punishment for their former de∣rision, strictly to observe the following twenty seven Commandments, which if omitted, he threatned them with severe Punishments.

• I. Thou shalt not in the time of Karichang build either Houses, Walls, or Resting-places, by them call'd Taekops; nor any Hedges or Fences in the Field.
• II. Thou shalt neither buy nor sell Skins, Salt, Gangans, Painted Clothes, nor any thing else of that kind.
• ...

• III. No Married-men shall sleep with their Wives in the time of Kari∣chang, neither shall a Young Man espouse, nor bring his Houshold-stuff or Goods to his Bride, nor enjoy her, lest he die soon after, have a lingring Sickness, or live at debate.
• IV. Thou shalt not manure new Lands, nor lay Straw or Grass upon them, nor sow any Seed upon them, lest all thy Labors, and what thou hast done, be destroy'd.
• V. Thou shalt not make Bowes, Arrows, Shields, Swords, Assagays, or Snares; neither shalt thou catch any Beast. If any Woman make Brace∣lets, they shall have great Pains in their Arms.
• VI. Thou shalt not put on any new Garment, nor use any new thing whatsoever, lest thou lose that, and suffer also a great Sickness.
• VII. Thou shalt make no Bridges, lest they fall, or be broken down, and thy Swine die.
• VIII. No Clothes, Gangans, Rice, Rice-Stampers, Black Pots with two Ears, nor any other Drinking Vessels, shall be brought into the Houses: None shall cut green, but onely dry Canes; and those they may not put into their own Houses, but into one of their Neighbors.
• IX. Thou shalt not plant Pinang, nor Clapper-Trees, nor Canes, nor Pota∣toes, nor any other Plant.
• X. Thou shalt kindle no Fires on thy new Place of Assembly, which is call'd Kavo, nor sleep in them, lest thou be punish'd with great Sickness.
• XI. No young Men shall exercise themselves in running the Race call'd Tragaduwell.
• XII. No Child born in that time shall be taken from his Mother; lest it die immediately.
• XIII. Let no Man wear any Armlets call'd Salahim, lest their Arms should grow sore.
• XIV. Thou shalt not kill any Swine, though one of thy chiefest Friends come to visit thee, unless at Obits.
• XV. Thou shalt not Fish or Hunt for more than thy own Provision.
• XVI. Thou shalt not put any Swine in the new Houses made before the Karichang, if there were none in before.
• XVII. Thou shalt not name the Child that is born in that time, till the Karichang be over, lest the Child die:
• XVIII. Nor shall the Mother stir with her Infant from the Child-bed Chamber, further than the next Neighbors.
• XIX. A new Tamatawa, or General, shall not march into the Field till the Karichang is over.
• XX. A Bridegroom shall not walk with his Bride, except he hath gone abroad with her before, lest some dangerous Sickness ensue.
• XXI. No Parent shall knock out their Daughters two upper Teeth be∣fore (as it is customary with them) nor bore Holes in their Ears during the Karichang.
• XXII. No Man that never travell'd before, shall then begin his Journey.
• XXIII. No Maid shall taber with her Feet on a Funeral-Trough, if she never Danc'd before.
• XXIV. Young Children, call'd Taliglig, shall wear no Armlets, lest some hurt should befal them.
• XXV. None shall go in Pilgrimage, call'd Zapuliung, to the City Mattou, in this time, except they have been there before.
• ...

• XXVI. Thou shalt not receive into thy House any Chinese, or other stranger; but carry them to thy Neighbors. And if thou make any Con∣tracts or Alliance, thou shalt do it with a Straw in thy Hands over a Chost, saying, Shall I gain by this, or not? If I speak angerly, will he be patient? Which said, thou shalt pay the Gods the usual Offering.
• XXVII. Thou maist not make any Mariche thad Kaddelangang, either in thy* 3.62 Towns, Houses, Fields, or at thy Hunting, nor no Vagacang, in the time of Karichang.

ANno 1652. the seventh of September, the Chineses of Tayowan and Formosa being then under the Hollanders obedience, depending on the great numbers of their People, broke out into Rebellion, led by Fayet, a Ruler of Smeerdorp, lying two Leagues from Sakam, with a design to surprise or force the Castle of Tayowan, which thus they contriv'd, viz. To invite the Governor Nicholas Verburgh, with all the Officers and chiefest of the Merchants residing in the City Zelandia, to their Full-Moon Feast, resolving when they were in the midst of all their Mirth, to dispatch them in a general Massacre.

This done, they intended to march to the Castle, under pretence to bring the Governor home, and upon the opening of the Castle-Gate, to press in upon them, and so Master it.

But one Pau, a Chinese Commander, who dwelt in Zelandia, and Brother to Fayet, the Chief Leader of the Conspirators, disputing with his Brother the probability of carrying on the Plot, said, The Design is good, very good, and may be brought to effect; but if we should fail, and the Plot be discover'd, and these Devils the Hollanders get the better, what will become of us then? You shall not suffer onely, and the Party that you have engag'd; but thousands of Innocents, that knew nothing, shall scarce satiate their Revenge with their miserable Slaughter. To which their Ge∣neral Fayet replied, Brother, if you are not satisfied, and your Fear overcome your Iudgement, you are at your Liberty to dispose of your self; be Neuter, go to your Ha∣bitation, and which way soever the Victory falls, there you may in safety, and unsuspected, enjoy your Freedom.

Pau having receiv'd this Reply, departed, musing as he went, but at last re∣solv'd to discover the Plot, and make himself secure indeed. Coming there∣fore to Tayowan, near the Castle, he desired the Serjeant to admit him to speak privately with the Governor; but the negligent, left Pau waiting with a slight Answer, the Governor and the rest being then at Prayers: But he more im∣portunate, and big with so great a Business, by earnest solliciting was let in to the Governor, to whom he discover'd all: At which Verburgh the Governor being startled, first commanded to secure Pau in the Castle, and sent an Officer with eight Men to Smeerdorp, as Spies, and to inquire News; who brought word back, that the Chineses were already gotten into a Head, and that setting upon them, they had escap'd by flight. At this Alarm, the Hollanders that had setled in Sakam, being to the number of thirty, in great fear fled for safe∣ty to the Forts.

Fayet, who judg'd Delays dangerous, and doubting that his Brother would, or had discover'd the Plot, march'd with his Forces to Sakam, where falling without mercy upon the Town with Fire and Sword, he gave no Quarter to any.

A Gardener belonging to the Dutch, going on that Sunday Morning early with a Basket of Fruit to the Governor, in the Castle Tayowan, the Revolters

overtaking him, cut off his Head, and taking out the Fruits, laid it in the Bas∣ket, designing to have sent it before them; but the Humor altering, they cast both it and the Body under a Bridge. The News of this Massacre spreading a strange Fear seiz'd all the Hollanders, where-ever setled through the Country, so that dispersing, they hid themselves where-ever their Fear carried, or their Hopes led them, to escape the Slaughter. But one Captain Marine, well mounted, with three more, with their Swords in their Hands, broke through the Enemy, and killing the first that oppos'd him, came safe to Tayowan.

Verburgh the Governor well knowing how untowardly the Business stood, and the hazard wherein the Hollanders abroad were, lying open to destructi∣on, immediately sent out a hundred and twenty Men, commanded by Captain Danker. This Handful, in comparison of their Enemies great Forces, went in one Sloop and a Boat from Tayowan to Sakam, whither being come, the first that endeavor'd to Land, being Captain Hans Pieters, leap'd Breast-high into the Water, by which Example, the rest encourag'd, forsook their Boats, and resolv'd wading to fight their way to the Shore; which the Enemy observing, sent down with the Lieutenant-General a thousand Men, to oppose their Land∣ing. While they were thus drawing up towards the Shore for the Service, Fayet the General gave his Lieutenant Loukegwa new Orders, thinking it more fit to suffer them to Land, saying, It would be a higher pleasure to him to see the Christian Dogs die on the Land, than in the Water, which would be much the better sport, having them there inviron'd with his Army, as in a Net. But Loukegwa not so perswa∣ded, nor willing to receive these new Commands, earnestly advis'd the Gene∣ral that he might go on, and set upon them in the Water, averring, That these being the Hollanders choicest and pick'd Men, if they did not cut them off at this Advantage, they should never have the like: But however the Generals Opinion prevailing, he obey'd, and retreating, gave the opportunity of Land∣ing in safety; where a little towards the left Hand of the Enemy, he drew up his small Party into a Body, when a Negro that had married a Hollander, com∣ing out of a Wood where she had hid, running for her safety towards them, they intercepting, ripp'd up her Bowels, and cutting the Child in pieces, threw the Limbs at them, vaporing aloud, That so they would serve them all. But the Hollanders not replying, march'd boldly up to the Front of the Enemy, where in the first Charge killing fortunately their Prime Commander Fayet, which presently nois'd through the Army, all struck with a Panick fear, threw down their Arms, and disbanding, fled, shifting for themselves; but the Hollanders pursu'd, firing at their Heels through Sakam, and the Town clear'd, they sate down in their Enemies Head-Quarters: But before Night, while yet they were triumphing for the Victory, came two thousand Christian Formosans, rais'd by the Governor Verburgh, to their Aid, who, according to present Orders, march'd together in pursuit of the Enemy, some few of whom the next morn∣ing they spied drawn together upon a rising Ground, but a River betwixt im∣peded their present Charge; but soon after the Formosans, who knew the Fords and Avenues, got over, and charging them smartly, one being slain, they were suddenly dissipated; which Victory they and the Netherlanders pursu'd, making Execution till Sun-set, from whence returning to their Camp weary and hun∣gry, they found store of fresh Provisions, boyl'd and roast, with which they feasting, were refresh'd.

Thus the Enemy dispers'd, and their whole Design frustrate, Fayet's Lieu∣tenant, having sculk'd in the Mountains eight days, enforc'd at last by necessi∣ty

[illustration]

to venture to Toukoya, seven Leagues from Tayowan, was there apprehended by the Dutch, and thence carried to Tayowan, where he was Executed, being, to the Enemies great terror, roasted alive, then taken off, and having been dragg'd at a Horses Heels through the whole Town, his broyl'd Head was fix'd on a Pole before the Castle: And those that ripp'd up the Bowels of the before-men∣tion'd Woman, were broke alive upon the Wheel, and afterwards Quarter'd.

This Tumultuary Commotion was in fourteen days thus concluded, in* 3.63 which, of the Enemy were slain four thousand Men, besides as many more Women and Children, and not one Hollander so much as wounded.

Two Years after this War, Anno 1645. in May, came abundance of Locusts* 3.64 out of the North-West of the Isles, which devouring all the Fruits of the Field, occasion'd so great a Famine, that eight thousand Persons died of Hunger. These Locusts were of a strange shape, having a Back and Breast like a Pike∣man, and an Helmet on their Heads, such as Soldiers wear. They made an affrighting noise with their Wings in their flight, as if it had blown a Storm.

They flew from the Island Tayowan to Formosa, where they staid three Months, and at last took their Progress from thence, towards the North-West, from whence they came at first, on Sunday the ninth of August about Sun-set: Yet though they were gone, the fear of that Plague was no ways abated; for they left young ones behind, which were far worse than the old▪ eating up all that remain'd; yet by the Industry of the Inhabitants, with the Governors Order, most part of them being not fledg'd, were taken and destroy'd.

The Island TAYOWAN.

THe Island Taywan, or as others call it Tayovan, and Tayowan, lieth South from Formosa, the uttermost North-Point being distant almost a League, but the Southermost Point within a Bowe-shot of the Land, over which at low Water they wade to and again; but between the North and For∣mosa, it is at least thirteen Foot deep at Low Water.

It spreads South-East and North-West, and hath two Leagues and a half in* 3.65 length, and a quarter of a League in breadth, being naturally a spot of barren Sand, rather than a fertile Isle, producing onely Pine-apples, and other wild Trees; yet here resided above ten thousand Chineses, who liv'd by Merchan∣dize, besides Natives.

On the North-side, upon a Sand-hill, stands the Fort Zelandia, built by the* 3.66 Hollanders, Anno 1632. surounded with a double Wall, one investing the other, whereof the outermost fortified with Sconces and Redoubts.

Under the Castle, Westward, lies another Fort, square, guarded by two Points of the Sea.

A Bowe-shot distant lies a strong Out-work, being the Key to the Castle* 3.67 call'd Utrecht, rais'd sixteen Foot high with Stone, and defended with se∣ven Pallisadoes: Eastward from which stands a Town, built also by the Ne∣therlanders, call'd by the name of the Isle, and about a Mile in Circumference; adjoyning to which, is a Haven, call'd by the Chineses, Loakhau, and by the Dutch, The Straights of Tayowan. On the other side of the Castle lies a rising Sand, call'd Baxemboy, where a few scatter'd Villages appear.

Since the Chineses possess'd Tayowan, under the Pyrate Coxinga, and his Son Sepoan's Jurisdiction, they made a new Gate to the Castle, between the Amster∣dam and Guelderland Points; and near the new Point, a Moat of a Fathom

wide, Wall'd in on both sides, and joyning to the Wall strengthned with Iron Rails, through which the Water and Fish passing, rendezvouz in the Castle, before the Governors House, in a Pond, on which a Banquetting-house being built, which the old Koxin oft frequented, taking his Pleasure in Fishing there.

Anno 1664. according to the Information of the Netherlanders, which then lay with a Fleet before Tayowan, under Command of the Admiral Balthasar Bort, sent thither to obtain the Netherland Prisoners from the Enemy, and like∣wise to conclude a Peace with him, the Castle was every where well fortified with Guns, and the Breast-works strengthned with new Canes, besides the Platform before the Haven, which was planted with twenty four Pieces of Cannon. In the Castle dwell onely the old Koxins Wives, with a Guard of Soldiers.

On the other side, in the Main of Formosa, stand the Fort and Village of Sakkam, well planted with Cannon: The Village near it was inlarg'd with Houses to the number of five hundred; but not all of Stone. The way to∣wards the South was also more built and inhabited than formerly; but they could see but twenty four small Vessels, which were most a 3.68 Koyaes, that lay within the Haven, under the Forts.

Most of the Inhabitants of Tayowan are at present Out-law'd Chineses, which* 3.69 first rebell'd against their Native Emperor, and since will not acknowledge the Tartar; who taking both Tayowan and Formosa, Anno 1661. from the Hollan∣der, brought all under the Subjection of their General Coxinga.

The Chineses on both these Isles, and those that live in China, differ onely in the wearing of their Hair long, and braided, after the old Chinese manner; which following the Tartars, they now wear short in China.

And as the Formosans have several Gods which they worship, so have like∣wise the Chineses inhabiting these Islands: Our Author, David Wright▪ reckons seventy two in the following Discourse.

They acknowledge one Almighty God, Governor of Heaven, Earth, Sea, Sun, Moon, and Stars, whom they call Ty, and look upon him as the Supream and first Deity. They make Offerings to this great God, yet but once a year, at which time they sacrifice a Wild Boar, burning alive with Sandal-wood; for to offer this their Almighty any thing but Swines Flesh, they account Abomination.

The next whom they worship is call'd Tien Sho, and Ioch Koung Shang Tee, who is the second Person or Governor of Heaven; wherefore he is nam'd Tien Sho, that is, The second Person of Heaven; and Ioch Koung Shang Tee, that is, Governor of the Earth. He commands three ministerial Spirits more: The first is Heu∣oung, that is, The Ruler of Rain.

The second Aerial Spirit, Teoung, hath Power over all Living Creatures, whether Rational, Sensitive, or Vegetative.

The third Spirit, and eighth Deity, call'd Tsuy Zyen Tei Oung, that is, Com∣mander of the Sea, and of all that is therein, or upon.

The third Person in Heaven the Chineses call Iok Tie, who was formerly a Prince on Earth, but so righteous, that he was taken up to Heaven for his Pi∣ety and Justice.

The fourth God they stile Quanoung, who also was formerly a Prince; and likewise the fifth, whom they call Iamoung; but both of them were after∣wards for their meritorious Actions taken up to Heaven.

To these five Gods, being as Chief in the Government of Heaven, belongs

the three foremention'd ministring aerial Spirits, and are indeed, though Dei∣ties themselves, subservient to the first five, making up eight Gods.

Besides these eight Gods, there are twenty eight Councellors, or Ministers of State, which have formerly been Learned Philosophers, and now preferr'd to the Government of the Stars.

Moreover, the Chineses have many Demy-gods, or terrestrial Deities, which ascend every year to Heaven, there to intercede and gain Indulgence for the sins committed by Mankind all the year past.

The first of these is rather a Nymph, or Demy-goddess, and being the thirty seventh, goes by the Name of Potsou, and is represented in the shape of a Wo∣man with a Child in her Arms, and was, as the Chineses believe, a Kings Daughter, a great Prophetess, and a Virgin that bore a Child and not impreg∣nated: which Fatherless Child they nam'd Bachu; who coming to years of perfection, was also a great Exemplar of Prudence and Magnanimity; yet not so much look'd upon, or worshipp'd as the Mother. They make her also to have a Servant call'd Pausat, a very antient Man.

There are some Traditions amongst them, that this Heroine is not a Native of China, but born in a foreign Countrey: Others again conjecture, that she is the same with the Virgin Mary, and the old Man, her reputed Servant, is in∣deed her Husband Ioseph; but the vicissitudes of affairs and time have left us nothing of the truth of this fabulous Tradition.

The thirty eighth terrestrial Numen they instile Quanien; but Paulus Venetus▪ Quamina; and Iohannes Gonsales, Quianira, who said that she was the Daughter of the Chinese Emperor Tzonton, which built the Wall between China and Tartary. But this Opinion David Wright explodes, making her the Daugh∣ter of the Emperor Biou Tsongong, which Reigned many years before the first Emperor Quantekong, presently after the Deluge, which he thus endeavors to prove.

This Biou Tsongong (says he) had three Daughters, two of which he had bestowed on Husbands, but the third, Quanien, he could not prevail with to enter into that Estate, although her Father had selected for her a Companion worthy her Love and Esteem: but seeing her no ways inclin'd to it, he resolv'd to put her into a Cloister; where to humble her, he commanded the Overseers to put her to do the Drudgery of the House, viz. fetch in Wa∣ter and Wood, and make it clean. But the Swans, as the Chronicles of China relate, came from the Mountains, and the Angels from Heaven to help her to carry Water, and the Beasts out of the Forrests brought Wood for her. Her Father inform'd thereof, judging she did those things by Magick, was very much enraged, and commanded the Cloister to be set on fire. The Daughter observing that she onely was the occasion thereof, thought to make her self away. But the Heavens pittying her innocency, commanded Hevong the God of Rain, to send down such an impetuous Shower as might quench the Fire, now beginning to rage in the Cloister as bad as her Father in his frantick fury, which was accordingly per∣form'd. Nevertheless Quanien sled to the Mountains, where she continued a great while. Her Father in the interim by Divine Providence was struck with Leprosie, and almost de∣vour'd alive by Worms, no Physitians or Medicines being able to cure him: Of which his Daughter having at last some knowledge, touch'd with a natural affection, and feeling as it were in her self her Fathers misery, came and cur'd him; which so wrought upon the old Man, that through an excess of joy converting his rage into a contrary passion, he would have worshipped her; but she refusing such honour, bad him return thanks to Heaven and the Gods; which he ceased not to do, after that becoming a zealous Penitent. Not long af∣ter Biou Tsongong dy'd, and Quanien betook her self to Lamhay, a Place in China,

where she spent the remainder of her Life in great Piety. After her Death they built a stately Temple in honor of her, and Interr'd her Corps in the middle, which remains at this day (as the Chineses believe) as fresh and sound, as if it had been buried but a day. Every year the Priests go thither to celebrate the Anniversary of her Death, in the sixth Moon, on the eighteenth day, with Sports and Feasting, which hath won so much esteem, that the Chineses implore her help and assistance in all Tribulations.

The thirty ninth Goddess is call'd Nioma, or as others will have it, Matzou; she was born in the City Kotzo, in the Territory of Houkong, where her Father was Vice-Roy. This Nioma resolving also to live and die a Virgin, to that end went to dwell in the Island Piscadores, or Fishers-Isle, otherwise by the Inha∣bitants call'd Pehoe, lying to the Northward, twelve Leagues distant from For∣mosa, where she spent her Life in a Pious and most Religious manner. Her Image not long after was set up in the Temple with two Servants, one on the right, and another on the left-side, each of them holding a Fan in their Hands, which cover'd the Goddesses Head. She hath also (as they say) Spirits under her command, and is highly honor'd amongst the Chineses for so great and powerful a Deity, that all the Emperors at their Inaugurations must not omit to pay their Devotions in the Temple of this Nioma. Her greatest Festival is on the three and twentieth day of the third Moon; when the Priests repair from all Places of the Empire to her Tomb, because she knows (as they believe) when any Strangers shall address themselves to that Countrey, and whether their intentions be good or evil; nay more, will give certain Responses to any that consult her, in what affair soever; so that they are so perswaded and superstitious concerning her admonishments, that they think all is lost if she advise not thereunto. The original of her Adoration sprung hence (as the Chinese Records have it;) One Campo, a Chinese Admiral, going out with an Armado to Engage with a foreign Enemy, being driven by contrary Winds, was necessitated to anchor under the Lee of this Isle: but afterwards the Storm ceasing, and the Wind and Weather growing fair, the Fleet weighed, and hoi∣sing Sail, set forward; but all the Sea-men with their conjoined strength could not get up his Anchor; which while they wondred at, this Goddess appear'd to the Admiral; whom imploring, she advis'd to take her aboard: for the Peo∣ple against whom he had Commission to Fight were great Magitians, practi∣sing the Black Art, and could raise or lay Spirits at their pleasure, but she was able to frustrate their diabolical practises. Thus perswaded, the Admiral with great reverence took her into his Ship, and coming to the Shore where they intended to Land, these Masters of occult Sciences us'd their skill as Nioma had foretold; but she baffled them in their own Arts, and so made their powerful∣lest Charms of no effect: wherefore the King that trusted to his Necroman∣cers, being necessitated to Engage with the Chineses, was by her direction and assistance, contrary to his confidence, utterly defeated and brought under sub∣jection. The Admiral, though sensible of the wonderful Service which she had done by her power, desir'd that she would do something in his presence that he might relate, having so many eye-witnesses, to the Emperor. And having accidentally a wither'd Cane in his Hand, Nioma took it, and upon his Request immediately made it grow and blossom, and to yield a sweet smell: Which signal Prodigy the Admiral fix'd on his Stern, and coming to the Emperor, related to him all his Adventures: whereupon he in honor and commemoration of her favors, commanded that they should worship her as a Goddess through the whole Empire. Since which every Ship bears her Image in the Stern, and the Sea-men are strangely devoted to her.

[illustration]

[illustration]

The fortieth God call'd Sikjaa, born in the Kingdom Tantaico, opposite to the West of China, they held for the first inventer of that Religion which the Chineses observe to this day. He always went bare headed, neither eating Flesh, Fish, or other Creature that had life▪ and lived single. This Sikjaa Drawn or Carv'd to the life, stands upon the Altars in their Temples, and on the right-side at the entrance of the Door. Over against him, and in some Tem∣ples round about him, stand long Tables; at which the Priests sit reading and muttering to themselves Prayers to Sikjaa, to receive them into Heaven. Two Priests watch day and night before his Altar, often bowing to the Ground, and lifting up their Heads equally together, whilst their Tabors and Pipes, consor∣ted with other Wind-Instruments, makes no unpleasing harmony. In their Diet the Priests follow the strict Life of Sikjaa, eating nothing but Rice, Grapes and Herbs: they live some in the Wildernesses like Hermits; others frequent the Temples abroad, and spend their time for a small gratuity in making Offer∣ings in peoples Houses, having no allowance either from the Emperor, or Charity of the People: They never pare their Nails, some of them growing six, eight, ten, and twelve Inches long, which the Chineses count a great Or∣nament. The Doctrine of this Sikjaa is at large declared in the following Description of China.

The one and fortieth God is call'd Ang-jaa, and is carried from House to House on the eleventh day of the third Moon on an Altar by six Priests, where∣of three go before and three behind; before him stands a Perfuming-pot with burning Incense, and other Aromaticks. The Mendicant Priests stop at every House, and never leave Singing and Praying, tinckling two small Basons one against another, till the Master of the House comes and brings them some Mo∣ney in a piece of Paper, as an Offering to this God.

This Ang-jaa is not Clothed like the other Gods, but quite naked, having onely a Cloth about his Middle, which reaches down to his Heels, and over his Shoulders a Scarf: his Hair, Beard, Mustacho's, and Face, differ much from the other Chinese Numens, the Hair of his Face more resembling an European than an Asiatick; concerning which dissimilitude the Chineses themselves are al∣together silent.

The two and fortieth Deity call'd Tontekong, is represented in the shape of an antient Man with a white Beard, and said to be a great abhorrer of Gaming and Adultery, which by all means possible he sought to extinguish; wherefore the Chineses have placed him in Heaven, and also invoke him daily to defend them from Thieves.

The three and fortieth God, nam'd Teiton, a valiant Heroe, represented with a drawn Sword in his left-hand; whose Services in redeeming the Empire, like to be lost by the Invasion of the Enemy, have listed him in special rank amongst the number of their Gods.

The four and fortieth Schercong next takes place, adored for the invention of Tragedies and Comedies, and other Enterludes Acted on the Stage.

The five and fortieth God, nam'd Amkong, hath obtain'd the like honor meerly for his great Merits and Vertues.

The six and fortieth Tswajong, was in his life-time a mighty Man, of a Gi∣gantick Stature: his Club, which he could flourish with one Hand, weighed ninety two pounds, so that for his strength and valour he was very famous in China, and therefore worshipp'd as a God.

The seven and fortieth Hangoe, another Giant, whose Helmet weighed one

hundred twenty five pound, whose strength and valour made him living, a Vice-Roy, and after death, a Deity.

The eight and fortieth Hanzing, with whom none could stand in competiti∣on either for Prudence or Science (except Quantecong and Sodejong) who per∣form'd with a few Men greater Acts by his subtile Stratagems, and politick Conduct, than others with vast Armies, and therefore the Chineses worship and hold him for a God.

The nine and fortieth Sodejong, a wise and politick Prince, yet meek and loving to his Subjects, look'd upon as superior in his Character to Hanzing, but much inferior to Quantecong.

The fiftieth Sjengoesoeng, also a very strong Giant, and much reputed for ser∣ving his Countrey against the common Enemy.

The one and fiftieth Goumatzintzing, signifies Pastor Gregis, The Shepherd of the People, and a Servant to God. He had (if you will believe the Chineses) five Eyes, two in the right places, and two above them, and the fifth in the middle of his Forehead, like the Cinque upon a Dye; two of these were alway sawake, or open, whilst the other three were shut, for which they implore him as their Watch in Heaven.

The two and fiftieth Soumanoaom, had four Eyes, two in his Neck, and two in his Forehead: when those two in his Forehead closing slept, the other two kept open watchful; wherefore he being General, was never defeated, whom for his never-sleeping Care and Conduct they worship as a God.

The three and fiftieth Zjenzucung, a Lord of small Stature, wearing short Hair, but of an acute Wit and profound Understanding, and abominator of Gaming and Drink.

The four and fiftieth Quantecong, though by Iohannes Gonsales and others call'd Vitie; whom the Chineses honor'd more than any of their Gods, being reckon'd the first Emperor in China: for Valour, Subtilty, and Science, unpa∣ralell'd, and not to be match'd: such was his wonderful and Gigantick Sta∣ture, being as they fable, twelve Foot and eight Inches high, and his Shoulders four Foot broad; his Sword weighed ninety two pound, which he us'd with one Hand. In the beginning of his Reign he possessed onely one Province, but by his Conquests and Atchievements became Master of the fifteen which now make the Empire. He established many Laws and Ordinances, especial∣ly one against Idleness. He first invented Clothing, and Dying of Stuffs, which they use to this day, for before they went naked like the Indians. He al∣so modell'd and invented Ships, made Saw-Mills, Gun-powder, and Guns, and improved Architecture. Some Buildings and Edifices are yet to be seen, whereof, as they say, he was the Contriver. He made a Law, That all Me∣chanicks should continue their Parents Trades from Generation to Genera∣tion. He erected Cities, Towns, and Villages, and commanded the People to inhabit them. And as their Chronicles relate, this Quantecong with his own Hand slew in one Battle three thousand, some say four thousand Men. He had a Negro for his Squire, or Armor-bearer, who was no less valiant than himself, for he accompanied him in all dangers whatsoever, and was called Tzicutzong; he perform'd great Exploits in his Masters Service, by conquering many Peo∣ple and several Countreys: but besides Quantecong had another Servant, a White, call'd Quanpiong, yet no Martialist.

This Quantecong is so highly esteem'd and honor'd amongst the Chineses, that most of them, except Sea▪men and Fishers, and they also make him weekly

[illustration]

Offerings, and burn every Night a Lamp with sweet and odoriserous Oyl be∣fore him. Their Oblations consist in two pounds and a half of Hogs-flesh, three quarters of a pound of Deers-flesh, one boil'd Hen, nine Cakes of Meal-Flour, half a pint of a certain Liquor call'd Aoytziu, a Cup full of the Drink Lotchin, another full of Souchin and of the good Tope Samsoe, and lastly two Dishes of Rice; all which is set before the Image Quantecong, and stands three hours; after which time it is taken away again: both which are perform'd with great Ceremony, as bowing of Heads and Bodies; afterwards the Meat is eaten by the Offerers.

In every City is also a Temple erected to the honor of Quantecong, in which stands his Image: On one side of him stands his black Squire, with a Sword by his Side, and a large Knife, like a Mowers Scythe; four Paces from him on the other Side his white Page Quanpiong. Nor was he invocated onely by his Countrey-men, but also by the Tungkins their Enemies: for as soon as any War broke out, they set a Guard before his Temple that none might hurt him; for they believe he would punish their neglect with the loss of their Army. Nay farther they say, That mounting his red Horse Angbea (for he onely us'd a red Steed, there being none of that kind else in China) he Rid against their Enemies, and destroy'd their whole Army, in revenge of the damage done to his Temple.

The six and fiftieth Kongsou, is held for the first inventer of Printing, which the Chineses have us'd eight hundred years and upwards, insomuch that they say the Christians learn'd that art from them; because at that time they Traded with Christian Merchants.

This Kongsou stands on a Throne, environ'd with People of several Nations, every one holding a Book; of all which the Germans stand nearest to him, be∣cause they (according to the testimony of the Chineses) have greater Judgment, and Print better than any other Nation.

The seven and fiftieth Tegoe, that is, Transitory Bull.

The eight and fiftieth they nominate Kjenke, that is, Crow, or Chicken-Thief. A strange fancy and belief possesses the Chineses about these their two Deities: for, say they, when Tegoe hath the Earth on his Shoulders, then Kjenke comes from Heaven and pecks Tegoe on his Body; whereby necessitated to shake him∣self, the Earth trembles and shakes with him: and as soon as any such trepi∣dation begins, they fall a laughing, saying, Now is Tegoe peck'd by Kjenke.

Father Martinius, in his Chinese History saith, That the Soil of China is very* 3.70 little subject to Earthquakes: yet the Chronicles of that Countrey mention, That the Year before the Birth of our Saviour 73. hapned such a great Earth∣quake, that several Mountains were swallow'd up: from whence the Chineses, a People much inclin'd to Superstition, prognosticated the destruction of their Empire, such things, say they, proceeding from an angry and threatning Heaven.

The nine and fiftieth Luikong, or The God of Thunder, for Lui is Thunder, and Kong a Governor. They represent him with a Head like a Crane, Feet and Hands like an Eagles Claws, and large Wings, wherewith he seems to flye through the Clouds. When this Luikong (say they) intends to Thunder, he stands between four Clouds, with a Drum on every one, on which he beats continually with two great Iron Pestles: And when any one is struck by a Thunder-bolt, they say that Luikong is much enraged against that Person, and therefore struck him with the foremention'd Pestles: so that they are very

fearful of him, and when it Thunders creep on their Hands and Feet under Benches and Tables.

The sixtieth is the Ruler of Lightning, and represented by the Chineses with a Straw Wisp in her Hand, which when it Lightens she spreads abroad.

The sixty first Kieugkong, the God of Rainbows: the Chineses nick-name him Omho, that is, Mischievous, because at his appearance he spoils all their Fruits of the Field; so that they honor him onely because he should come but seldom.

The sixty second Pankun, according to the Chronicles of China, finished and compleated the World; for they say that the World when God Created it was without shape or form, but was by Pankun brought to its full perfection in four years time. They represent him with many Iron Instruments, such as the Stone-cutters use. He was the first that invented the Art of Stone-cutting, and therefore is the peculiar God of Bricklayers, Stone-cutters, and Potters.

The sixty third Houngkong, rules Winds and Spirits, and is figur'd like a great Bird with huge long Legs and Feathers, sticking up like Hogs Bristles. The Chineses say, that the fluttering of his Wings occasion great Winds, Storms and Tempests: therefore Fishers, Sea-men, Gardners, and other People that fear too much Wind, adore him.

The sixty fourth Khuotquan, in his life-time was a Vice-Roy in China, and the first that made Salt, which he accounted the richest and best Commo∣dity in the World. Another Vice-Roy having at the same time found out Sugar, esteem'd that above Salt: upon this they fell at variance; but both sides appealing to the Emperor, he commanded a Proof to be brought him of each sort, and having tasted both, he preferred the Sugar, as being more plea∣sant. But Khuotquan contradicted this sentence, saying, That there never was a thing of greater value than Salt, which gave a rellish and savoury taste to all things. The Emperor angry at Khuotquans petulancy, commanded him to go out of his Presence: who thereupon much discontented, went instantly and drown'd himself in the River Melo, which flows by the City Siangin, in the Territory of Huquang; but highly advanced him that made the Sugar. The next day (saith Wright) after which Khuotquan was drown'd, being the fifth Day of the fifth Moon, in the Morning (as the Chinese Chronicles affirm) there began an extraordinary great Rain, which without cessation continu'd twelve Moneths, wherefore for want of dry Weather no Salt could be made, by which means a third part of the People died, and some that lay just upon the point of Death, having but one Corn of Salt put into their Mouths presently reco∣ver'd: The Emperor inform'd of this Calamity by his Substitute Governors, commanded him that had made the Sugar to be kill'd, and that none should dare to make any more mention of him, that thereby his Name might be for∣gotten: whereupon the Rain immediately ceasing, the Emperor sent strict Edicts through all his Dominions, that they should worship the foremention'd Khuotquan as a God. On the day of his decease, which is kept with great so∣lemnity, and call'd Tuonu, the Houses are hung round with Garlands of Roses, Palm-Boughs, and the Ships adorn'd in like manner; and every Chinese wears a green Sprig on his Head: neither do they any Work in five days, all which time they hold his Festival. The second day they represent Wayangs, or Stage-plays. On the third they go with hundreds of curious Gilt and Carv'd Boats, hung with all manner of green Boughs, Flowers and the like, and full of People up and down the River, seeming to look for the Corps of Khuotquan;

coming to the Place where they say they find Khuotquan, they lift up their Oars, and take hold of their Flags and Pendants, and then beating on their Drums, cry with a loud voice, We have found him. This Ceremony, which is observ'd in all Places and Rivers in China, continues three days one after another.

This Khuotquan died about three thousand years since, and being taken up two days after his Decease, was kept ten years Embalm'd before he was Buried.

The sixty fifth Schante, was in his life-time a valiant Man, and a great pitier of the Poor, to whom he was very charitable.

The sixty sixth Naon, was an Assistant to the God Tegoe before mention'd: he is represented with a Ball on his Foot; for (as they fable) when Tegoe grow∣eth weary with carrying so great a burthen as the World, then this Naon helps him to support it with his Foot: wherefore they place this Naon in Heaven, and worship him, because when displeas'd he should not let the World fall by taking away his Foot.

The sixty seventh Atzion, was Conceiv'd after a strange manner by his Mo∣ther Lintion, who walking in the Field, and casting her Eyes up toward Heaven, espi'd a Lions Head in the Clouds; by which Vision she Conceiv'd with this Atzion, without knowing Man: for which his wonderful Conception he is by the Chineses honor'd for a God.

The sixty eighth Alsa, taught the People first to Boil and Roast their Meat: for before his time the Chineses did eat both Flesh and Fish raw. He instructed them also to build Huts of Wood for a defence against wild Beasts; and to make Clothes to cover their nakedness.

The sixty ninth Huntzuihoykong, they say first invented Fire, and taught them to Buy and to Sell.

The seventieth Otzoe, was Conceiv'd after as strange a manner as the be∣fore-mention'd Atzion; for his Mother Hautzibon going to the Garden for an Onion, she saw some Foot-steps of a Man that had been there before her, in one of which she put hers, to try how much bigger it was than her own; which she had no sooner done, but a great Light encompassing her, she imme∣diately Conceiv'd this Otzoe, who was the first that established Matrimony amongst the Chineses, and invented Musical Instruments.

The seventy first Ezolon, the first Finder of Medicines and the Vertue of Herbs; had great knowledge in Astronomy, Soothsaying, and Magick; in∣structed Men in Agriculture by the use of the Plough and Spade, and all sorts of Ploughing Tools.

The seventy second Skadingkon, was the first, as they say, that taught them the use of Arms, and Martial Discipline.

Besides these five Governors of Heaven, three Spirits, eight and twenty Councellors, and thirty six earthly Deities, in all seventy two, the Chineses, ac∣cording to the foremention'd Wright, have three Cacadaemons, or evil Spirits.

The first is call'd Tytsoequi, that is, Prince of Devils, for Tytsoe signifies Prince, and Qui the Devil: and as their Stories would make out, he was first an Angel in Heaven, but the supream God observing the wickedness of Mankind on Earth, he call'd Tytsoequi to him, saying, I have seen the wickedness of Men on Earth, and their hearts are inclin'd to evil; wherefore none of them shall come to me in Heaven: Therefore do you descend; I have prepared a Place for you, and an everlasting Prison of torments for them. I elect you as our Substitute to Govern Hell; take them to you and punish them; they shall stay with you for ever, and never come near me.

[illustration]

The Chineses are of opinion, and believe, that this Prince of Devils knows all future things, and that he sends out his Spirits to fetch vitious People to Hell, where he torments them for ever; therefore they worship him that they may not be tortured.

They also firmly believe, That the Souls of the Wicked return again on Earth to plague and terrifie those alive, which, they say, appear to them in se∣veral Visions.

On the fifteenth day of the seventh Moon they present him a well drest Swine whole, and likewise Hens, Ducks, Pinang, and Cakes of fine Meal, Keekieuw, that is, Arak, or Brandy, and Sugar-Canes. The Hog they lay down on his two foremost Knees, with his Head on his fore-Feet opposite to the Image Tytsoequi; and use afterwards so many extraordinary Ceremonies at this Offering, that beginning early in the Morning, it continues above an hour after Sun-set.

Several Gilded pieces of Paper, made like a Boat are also burnt in honor to him; and they are very zealous in their Prayers to this Tytsoequi.

In Hell, they say, he is served like a King, having two Councellors and twelve Spirits, which wear mighty Knives, and wait upon him continually like Halberdeers, to receive and execute his Commands; besides several other Spirits which serve him as Gentlemen.

The second, or Vice-Roy of Hell, they call Iamkoen, who Commands with great Authority, wherefore they worship and fear him.

The third Iamtouwi.

The Chineses also observe a certain day in the Year, on which they Offer to all the happy departed Souls, calling it Chinkbinch, and is kept Annually on the third day of the third Moon the Year after Leap-year, but in the Year be∣fore Leap-year on the twentieth day of the same Moon. Thus far David Wright.

In Valour and Warlike Policy the Chineses of Tayowan and Formosa far exceed

those on the Main Land, most of them at all times wearing Skeans by their sides, except when at Meat in their own Houses.

They use no Knives, Forks, or Spoons to eat withall, but take it up with two small Sticks made of Ivory or Ebony-Wood, Tipt at the ends with Sil∣ver or Gold.

Women of mean Capacity maintain themselves with Spinning and Twist∣ing of raw Silk, which is brought thither from the Territory of Chickinny.

The Women eat not constantly with their Husbands at Meals; and when heretofore the Men found no Women according to their minds on the Islands, they sent for them out of China, and barter'd for them as other Commodities.

Lastly, it is requisite in this place to give a short account how Coxinga and his Associates, Anno 1661. took both these Islands from the Netherland East-India Company; but first we will shew his Extract, strange Rise, with the Ruine of his Father, who was call'd Chunchilung, and by Foreigners Iquon, or Ikoan and Equan: a Man of mean Descent, born in a small Village on the Sea∣shore, in the Territory Fokien, near the City Annay, his Father very poor, and as some say, a Taylor by Trade: He first Serv'd the Portuguese in the City Makao, and afterwards the Hollanders on the Island Formosa; where soon after he be∣came a great Merchant by the Iapan Trade, and at last a Pyrate. Having from this small beginning gotten a great Fleet of Ships, and obtain'd by his po∣litick Designs and grand Undertakings, to so great Treasure, that the Chi∣nese Emperor was not able to stand in competition with him; for he onely of all the Chineses ingrossed the Commodities of all India in his own hands, driving therewith a vast Trade with the Portuguese at Makao; with the Spaniards on the Philippine Islands; and with the Hollanders at Formosa and Batavia; and likewise with the Iapanners; besides other Oriental Kingdoms and Islands. He onely Transported the Chinese Commodities by his own People, bringing back the Indian and European in Returns for them; so that he began to grow so exceeding∣ly rich, that he could fit out a Fleet of three thousand Sail.

Yet this Chinchilung, or Iquon, not contenting himself herewith, began to Plot how to be Emperor of China; but well knowing that he could never effect it, so long as any of the Imperial Tamingian Family was in being, which at that time held the Royal Seat, therefore he made choice of a time to extirpate that Family, which was Anno 1644. when the Tartars over-ran the whole Empire, except three Provinces, being Folnien, otherwise call'd Chincheo, Quantung, and Quangsi; and the more closely to hide his Design, he pretended to take up Arms against the Tartars, as Enemies to the Chineses, and defend that Empire with all his Forces. And without doubt under this Disguise he would have been taken for the Redeemer and Protector of that Crown, had he not held Correspondence with the Tartars, to whom he gave what Intelligence he thought good for his advantage. At the same time when the Tartars fell into the Countrey of Fokien, Iquon was declar'd General by the Emperor Lungun, of all his Forces; the Officers also were either his Brothers or Friends, so that being able to do what he listed, he permitted the Tartars to come into the Em∣pire; for which they gave him the Title of King, making him King of Pingnan, which is in the Southern part of China, and sent him many great Gifts, the more easily to delude him: and though perhaps not ignorant of his De∣sign, but fearing his formidable Power, they durst not use any rigorous course against him, but rather Treated him very honorably with Presents, high En∣tertainments, and large Promises of the Government over the Territories of

Fokien and Quantung; so that he thought easily to get an absolute Command over the Southern Countreys. But when the Tartar intended to return to the Imperial City Peking, and all his Vice-Roys according to custom came to attend and accompany him some part of the Way; Iquon also not suspecting any danger, came to shew his Respects in like manner, and went with a few, having left his Fleet in the Haven before the City of Focheu: but now being ready to depart, having perform'd his Complements, and desiring leave to re∣turn, the Tartar Prince requested him to go with him to Peking to the Empe∣ror, where he promised him the highest Preferments: and although Iquon sought with many Arguments to put off this Journey; yet was he at last for∣ced to go; so that by this Stratagem he was taken, which could not be by force of Arms, or any Device whatsoever. Coming to Peking he was put close Prisoner, not onely under a strict Guard, but the Door of the Place wherein he was kept, made up with Stone, and himself loaded with Fetters about his Neck and Feet; and if any new Troubles hapned by his Son Coxinga, and the News thereof brought to the Court at Peking, as it did Anno 1657. (at which time the Netherlanders were there in an Embassy) they laid fifteen Chains more upon him. His Son Coxinga and Brothers inform'd of his Imprisonment, be∣took themselves again to the Fleet, and made all the Seas near China by their Pyracies almost useless.

Upon this account Coxinga with his Associates, and a crew of Rebel Chine∣ses, kept the Tartars on the Coast of China in continual Alarms, and had his chiefest Residence on the Islands Ay, Quemuy, and others lying under the Conti∣nent of China. The Chineses themselves on the Main Coast, who had submitted, and in token thereof shav'd off their Hair, conform'd to the Tartars, brought them all sorts of Provisions, and drove also a private Trade with them. The Tartars at last, to stop all Provisions from going to the Enemy, commanded all the Villages, Towns and Hamlets that stood along the Sea-shore, or the Main Continent, to be burnt to the Ground, and the Countrey laid waste, and no People suffer'd on pain of death to live within three Leagues of the Sea. By this means, and likewise by the great Losses which Coxinga sustain∣ed from the Tartars, assisted by the Netherlanders, who set upon them both at Sea and Land, he found himself so straightned, that Anno 1660. he Sail'd with all his Forces to Tayowan and Formosa, both which Islands, and also the Castle Ze∣landia; he took in March, Anno 1661. after a Siege of ten Moneths. Very cruelly were several of the Netherlanders dealt withall, especially the Ministers Anthony Hantbroel, Aren Vincenius, Leonard Campen, Peter Muts and others, and at last put to death: others against Agreement kept in Prison, without hopes of attaining their Liberty, notwithstanding the great trouble the Hollanders took upon them to procure their enlargement. Therefore in revenge of Coxinga's Cruelties, and also to regain the conquer'd Places, a Fleet was sent out the next year af∣ter, under the Command of the afore-mention'd Admiral Balthazar Bort, and Vice-Admiral Iohn van Campen, with the Ambassador Constantine Nobel, with Letters from his Excellency Iohn Maetzuiker, to Singlamong, Vice-Roy of the Ter∣ritory Fokien, and the General Taisang Lipoui for the same purpose, and also to request liberty for a free Trade.

Since the Letter to the Vice-Roy Singlamong in brief contains the Reasons and Intentions for sending out the Fleet to the Coast of China, and the dispatching of an Ambassador thither, and may also serve for a small declaration of our fol∣lowing Discourse, I judge it no way amiss to set it down before-hand, being to this effect:

This Letter comes from John Maetzuiker, chief Governor, and the Councel for the Ne∣therland State in the Countreys of India, to Singlamong, Vice-Roy, or Governor for the Mighty Emperor of Tartary and China: of the Territory Fokien, whom the God of Heaven grant long Life, and Prosperity on Earth.

Great and Powerful Sir,

THe Letter sent some time since from Your Highness to our Governor of Tayowan he hath receiv'd in due time, and also not been negligent to Answer according to Request, and with all speed sent five Men of War with some Soldiers, to the Bay of Engeling, that according to Your Highness's noble Proposal and Request they might, bidding defiance to Coxinga, fall upon him. But We were so unhappy, that as soon as the Ships set Sail from Tayowan, they were surpris'd by a mighty Storm, which separated them one from another, so that some of them came back to Batavia, and others were forc'd to return again to Tayowan, which is the onely Reason that We could not perform Our good Intentions according to Your Highness's Pleasure. Since which time Coxinga hath joyn'd all his Forces together to Master our Castle in Tayowan, having Besieged it ten Moneths, rais'd great Batteries against it on all sides, and so straitned the Besieged with his Army, that the Governor and his Councel concluded to deliver him the Fort; which We have resented very ill of our People, because, as We suppose, they have not as they ought to have done, manfully resisted the Enemy; which as an Example to terri∣fie others, We will not pass by unpunished. Yet since We have suffer'd so great a Loss and Damage, and chiefly for that against his Promise he hath most cruelly Murder'd several Unarmed Christians on the Island Formosa; God who is a hater of such Villanies, and a righteous Judge, commands Us to take Revenge for our sustained Wrongs; so that we are resolv'd with all our Forces to prosecute this Tyrant, and not leave, till by force of Arms We have brought him to nought. And since we are inform'd, that Your High∣ness also intends and endeavors the like Ruine towards him; so at once to free the Empire of China from the Oppression which it hath suffer'd so many years by his Means: Therefore We think it now the most proper time to obtain as well Your Highness's, as our own Desires: to which end, accord∣ing to Your Highness's own Proposal, We are inclin'd to joyn all Our Land and Sea-Forces with Your Highness's Militia, against which We suppose Coxinga will not be able to subsist long. And to shew that We really intend it, We have sent from hence under the Command of Our Admiral Balthazar Bort to the Bay of Hossien, the number of twelve well prepar'd Men of War, which, considering their strength and fit posture for defence, may justly be term'd Floating Castles, and will be able to make Coxinga quit the Sea, which will not a little trouble and disable him: of which We hope Your High∣ness shall in a short time see the Event. We therefore fortifie Our selves, (hoping that Your Highness will do the like) that We may enter into a firm League with the Empire of China, with Promises faithfully to assist one ano∣ther against Coxinga, and to hold him for our mortal Enemy, and with all Endeavors, if it be possible, bring him and all his Party to utter Ruine, so to make him taste the sharpness of Our Revenge for his committed Villa∣nies. But since at present, having lost Tayowan, We have no convenient Har∣bors to preserve Our Ships in stormy Weather, Our humble Request is, That

your Highness would please to do us that favor, as far as your Commands reach along the Sea-Coasts, to Permit and Order us a place wherein our Ships, if they should chance to be necessitated, may come to an Anchor, and that they may be kindly receiv'd, and our People entertain'd as Friends, and buy Provisions and other Necessaries for Money.

China and Batavia (as your Highness very well knows) lie a great distance one from another, therefore it is very necessary and requisite, that we had a convenient place of Rendezvouz near Coxinga's Channel, there to keep our Ships together, and watch for his Jonks; so that we desire of your High∣ness, that you would be pleas'd to direct us to such a place, and to give us leave likewise to Fortifie the same against Coxinga's Assaults; for we do as∣sure your Highness, if this cannot be granted us, it is altogether impossible for us to do the Enemy that damage which may be expected: Therefore if we intend to manage this War with Prudence, we must be there to wait on our business continually, or else we shall not be able to clear the Sea of Cox∣inga's Ships.

And as the driving of Trade makes all Nations and People flourish, and we are us'd from Antiquity to promote the same, for the benefit of the pub∣lique good, we thought fit to make our inclination known to your High∣ness, that we heartily desire to furnish the Emperor of China with our Com∣modities, which formerly the same Coxinga hath prevented by his wicked Practices; therefore to perfect all our good Undertakings, we desire that we may be permitted to come into the Empire of China, and have Passes from the great Cham, which we intreat your Highness to procure for us, not doubt∣ing, but they may easily be attain'd; because when two years ago the Em∣peror was Complemented by two of our Ambassadors with Presents, he in part promis'd it to us; which your Highness having at that time the Com∣mand over Canton, and conversing much with our People, may perhaps re∣member.

We send to your Highness with this Letter our peculiar Friend Captain Constantine Nobell, humbly to Complement your Honor; and at large de∣clare our Intentions, with Request, that your Highness would favorably be pleas'd to hear him, and speedily to dispatch him: We also promise, that whatever your Highness agrees with him about, we will approve of, and stand ingaged to: And for a Present, we here send to your Highness these un∣der-written Commodities, desiring your Highness to accept them in good Friendship.

• One Piece of
  • Scarlet
  • Green Cloth.
  • Black Cloth.
  • Blue Cloth.
• One Piece of
  • Red Crown Serge.
  • Grass Green Crown Serge.
  • Blue Crown Serge.
  • Musk Color Crown Serge.
  • Black Crown Serge.
• A handsome Musquet, Guilded and Varnish'd.
• A Fire-Lock or Snaphance, adorn'd like the first.
• One pair of Pistols and Holsters, like∣wise well Varnish'd and Gilt.
• Twenty Ounces of Blood Red Coral, upon one String, in an hundred and one pieces.
• Sixteen Ounces and a half of Branch Coral, of the same Color, in one Polish'd Branch.
• Three Pound and three Ounces of

• Amber, in four great pieces.
• One Pound and four Ounces of Am∣ber Beads, in fifty five pieces.
• One great Bengael Alkatiff.
• Ten pieces of fine Moereisen, or white Linnen.
• One Pikol of Cloves.
• Half a Case of Rose-Water.
• Two hundred and sixty Katty of San∣dal-wood, in three pieces.

From the Castle of Batavia, Iune 21. 1662.

Iohn Maetzuiker.

The Letter to the General Taisang Lipovi, was writ almost after the same manner, with the same Requests and Promises; viz. A League with the Em∣pire of China, to help to ruine Coxinga, upon condition, that the Netherlanders should be free to enter any Haven, and take possession of a convenient place on the Coast of China; as may be seen in the same Letter in its proper place, where it is set down Verbatim. Hereupon the Grand Commissioners at Batavia, the General Iohn Maetzuiker, and the Indian Council began to prepare and make ready several stout Men of War, storing with plenty of Ammunition, and Provisions, and Manning them also with Soldiers and Sea-men.

The whole Fleet that lay thus ready at Batavia for any Engagement, fitted* 4.1 out to retake the Islands Tayowan and Formosa, consisted in twelve Sail, eight Frigats, viz. the Naerden, Zierikzee, Domburgh, Hogeland, Meliskerke, Overveen, the Sea-Dog, Ankeveen; and four Pinks, the Vink, Loenen, Breukelen, and Ter-Boede, every one well Arm'd with Guns and Ammunition, and Mann'd both with Soldiers and Sea-men. The Naerden Commanded by the Admiral Balthazar Bort carry'd four Brass, and twenty eight Iron Guns, and an hundred and ninety Men, whereof an hundred and thirteen Soldiers, and eighty four Sea∣men. Zierikzee, Commanded by the Vice-Admiral Iohn Van Campen, had also four Brass, and twenty eight Iron Guns, with an hundred ninety one Men, viz▪ eighty one Soldiers, and an hundred and ten Sea-men. Domburg, Com∣manded by Captain Constantine Nobel, and Captain Ysbraent Boumeester, had four Brass, and twenty one Iron Guns, an hundred forty seven Men, to wit, sixty two Soldiers, and eighty five Sea-men. The Hogelande, Commanded by Har∣men Symons, carry'd twenty four Iron Guns, and an hundred and six Men, twenty nine Soldiers, and seventy seven Sea-men. The Meliskerke, Dirk Ger∣ritsen Captain, had five Brass, and sixteen Iron Guns, an hundred and two Men, thirty six Soldiers, and sixty six Sea-men. The Overveen, Commanded by Ba∣rent Iochemz, carry'd one Brass, and twenty Iron Guns, an hundred and sixteen Men, thirty five Soldiers, and sixty one Sea-men. The Sea-Dog, Commanded by Iohn Hendrikson, had twenty four Iron Guns, an hundred twenty nine Men, fifty three Soldiers, and seventy six Sea-men. The Ankeveen, Iohn Ysbrandsen Van Bank Captain, with one Brass, and seventeen Iron Guns, had ninety three Men, twenty eight Soldiers, and forty five Sea-men. The Vink, under Captain Dirik Valk, with two Brass, and eleven Iron Guns, had sixty eight Men, twen∣ty five Soldiers, and forty three Sea-men. The Loenen, Commanded by Iacob Hors, with eleven Guns, had sixty six Men, that is, twenty six Soldiers, and forty Sea-men. The Breukelen, Abraham Ben Commander, carry'd eight Iron Guns, and fifty eight Men, twenty five Soldiers, and twenty three Sea-men. The Ter-Boede, Commanded by Auke Pieters, had two Brass, and eight Iron Guns, one and fifty Men, fifteen Soldiers, and thirty six Sea-men. In all the Ships, were twenty three Brass, and an hundred and sixteen Iron Guns; five

hundred twenty eight Sea-men, and seven hundred fifty six Soldiers; in the whole, one thousand two hundred eighty four Men: With these twelve Ships of War, three Merchants, being the Leerdam, Singing-Bird, and Loosduinen, set Sail, richly Laden for Iapan, under the Command of Captain and Admiral Henry Van Indiik, having Command to keep company with the Fleet, so long as they did not go out from their Coast.

The day on which they were to set Sail, the Admiral Bort, and Council of* 4.2 War, for certain reasons, divided the Fleet into three Squadrons, and every Squadron under one chief Commander, viz. The Zierikzee, Meliskerken, Hoge∣lande, Ter Boede, with the Fly-Boat Leerdam, under the Command of the Vice-Admiral Campen. The Naerden, Overveen, Sea-Dog, and Vink, with the Singing-Bird Pink, under Captain Balthazar Bort▪ The Domburgh, Ankeveen, Breukelen, Loenen, with the Pink Loosduinen, Commanded by Constantine Nobel.

When his Excellency, General Iohn Maetzuiker, and the Council Charles Hert∣zing, and Ryklof Van Geuns, went aboard the Naerden Frigat, Commanded by the Admiral Balthazar Bort; and the Vice-Admiral, Iohn Van Campen; and the Rear-Admiral, Constantine Nobel, and there impower'd every one in their seve∣ral Offices and Places, by taking their Oaths; and delivering them their Com∣missions and Orders the Fleet Weigh'd Anchor from Batavia, and on Satur∣day* 4.3 Morning, Iune the 29. Anno 1662. firing their Guns, set Sail, and Steer'd North-East, bending their Course directly towards China.

About Noon, the Fleet being be-calm'd, cast Anchor on the North of the* 4.4 Island Van Hoorn, lying in sight of Batavia, near several other Isles, which bear the Names of divers Cities in Holland, as Amsterdam, Enkuizen, Medenbleck, and the like.

All these Isles, though desolate and uninhabited, are Planted along the Shores, and up into the In-land, with several sorts of excellent Trees, which make a pleasant Prospect off at Sea, and stand in such order, as they had been the Workmanship of Art, and not the meer Dress of Nature.

And likewise the Vallies, Plains and Hills upon them afford, divers sorts of Flowers, Herbs, and Drugs.

Under these Islands the Iapanners and Chineses that dwelt on Batavia, us'd to fish, and catch abundance of Breams, Shepherds, and other sorts of Fishes, un∣known in Europe.

The Trees are loaden with all manner of Singing-Birds, whose Harmonies are so pleasing, that the Inhabitants of Batavia often go to this Island in Boats, to recreate themselves with their Musick, as we to our Wood sides, to hear the Thrush and Nightingale.

On the same day, the Council concluded to Sail first to the Islands Laver and Timon, lying in their way close by one another, that there they might supply themselves with fresh Water, all sorts of Provisions and Fuel, Anchor∣stocks, Hand-spikes, and other Materials of Wood, which that place yields in abundance.

In the first Watch of the Night, the Wind coming gently out of the South, they Weigh'd Anchor, and Steer'd their Course, though but slowly, towards the North-East.

The twenty fifth, the Fleet Sail'd in the depth of thirty one or thirty two Fathom, Tacking up and down, having the Wind against them out of the North-East, yet blowing gently.

On Munday morning, being the twenty sixth, the Fleet came near Thou∣sand-Islands,* 4.5 having the Wind Easterly, and fair Weather, in twenty two and twenty three Fathom Wather, and hard Ground; and were at Noon in five Degrees and eighteen Minutes South Latitude, the Ground still the same, but the depth only fourteen or fifteen Fathom.

The same day, the Admiral Balthazar Bort, and the Council of War made an Order, which the Commanders of every Ship in the Fleet in their Sailing were to observe as followeth.

During the Voyage, or till such time as it is order'd otherwise, the good Ship Ter Boede (being under Iohn Idze de Vinke) shall carry a Light on his Poop, and in the day time Sail before, because the Master of her is experienc'd in these Seas.

Therefore all the Captains of Ships are expresly Commanded, continually to observe his motion, that when he Anchors, Sails, or Tacks, they do the like, so the better to keep the Fleet together, and prevent separation.

None shall offer in the Nght to Sail by the same Vessel, much less alter his course on forfeiture of four Rix-Dollars for the Master, chief, or Under-Mates, in whose Watch soever this misdemeanor shall happen.

If the Pilot thinks it fit to Tack in the Night, either for the Winds shrink∣ing, or otherwise, he shall put Candles into two Lanthorns on his Poop, and all the other Ships one, that thereby it may be known, whether they see the Sign or not.

In the Night, the altering of the Course shall be left to the discretion of him that carrys the Lanthorn.

When they have Sea-room enough, they shall not Tack, for the Winds shrinking of one or two Points, for the prevention of all dangers, and keeping together.

If he that carries the Light, thinks fit to Anchor in the Night, he shall set two Lights, one over another on his Stern, which sign being seen, the other Ships shall instantly come to an Anchor, and likewise set a Candle on their Sterns.

When it is thought fit to set Sail again, he shall fire a Gun, and make a sig∣nal by another Light from the Poop; which the other Ships seeing, shall also put out a Light, and then Weigh Anchor.

If it should happen that any Ship or Ships should by accident either prove leaky, run a-ground, strike upon a Rock, Land, or ought else, he shall unfurle a Pennon from his Fore-Mast, and fire a Gun; whereupon, every one shall be oblig'd to come with his Boat and Pinnace, and assist the Vessel according to the utmost of their power, on forfeiture, as in the Council it shall be judg'd fit.

If an accident shall happen by fire, they shall discharge two or three Guns presently one after another, that with Buckets and Pails the rest may come and help the Ship in distress.

And that the Ships in dark or misty Weather may not straying loose each other, they shall sometimes speak to one another with their Guns, and as often reply. If the Lanthorn Ship judges it fitting to Tack, he shall fire a great Gun, which the rest hearing, shall answer him, and Tack to∣gether.

If in a dark Night they are forc'd by stress of Weather, or an overgrown Sea to lie at Hull, or carry no Sail, the guide shall set forth two Light•…•… of one

height, and the other Ships one apiece, the better to keep together.

In a calm, with a rowling Sea, they shall take great care that the Ships do not fall foul one upon another, by endeavoring to keep as far distant as they can.

When it grows light, and they from Sea descry Land, Sounding for Ground, they shall unfurle the Princes Flag or Colours, and also fire a Gun; if in the Night they chance to discern Land, or Fathom Ground, he shall light two Can∣dles by one another, and fire two Guns.

If any Ships stray from the Fleet, and afterwards appear in sight, they shall hoiss up their fore-Sail three times, and then let it down again; then fire a great Gun, and draw back the fore-Sail, till probably the rest have seen it, and also furle up his Sprit-Sail and Mizzen; after which signs he may come again to his company.

If this should happen in the Night, they shall call to one another, by the word, Holla, Ship, if it be one of our Fleet, he shall answer, Victoria, which if he does not do, it is a certain sign that it is a strange Ship, and either a Chi∣nesy Jonk or Vessel; and if it be possible, give notice of it to the Admiral, Vice- or Rear-Admiral, who ever of them be nearest, however, to keep within shot; and if it be an Enemy, to give notice to the rest, by the firing of Guns.

He that descrys any strange Ships, or Jonks by day, shall let his Colours flie from his Stern, and Veare his fore-Shete, and soon after hale it up; if by night, he shall light two Candles together, without making chase after it, before he hath spoke, and receiv'd order from the Admiral, except it be a Portuguese, or Chinesy Vessel, which by that means might make his escape.

In this exigent, though the Enemy be never so powerful, let him fall on, and if he can possible make himself master thereof; afterwards to do accord∣ing to the Orders given in Martial Affairs.

If any Frigats should be separated from the Fleet, either by Storm or other accidents, they shall according to an express Order from his Excellency the Lord General, and Lords of the Indian Council, come to the place of Meet∣ing or Rendezvouz chosen by them, being Isla de Lemas, one of the most Eastern Islands of Makao, which lies in the way of our Voyage, and we may touch at without prejudice or loss of time; and also because his Excellency hath receiv'd information, that there is not onely a good Haven, but fresh Water; so that the separated Ships are strictly Commanded, not to pass by the foremention'd Island De Lemas, but put in to it, and there wait for the Fleets coming, that so they may proceed on together in their Voyage, and the more resolutely bid the Enemy defiance, if they should Rancounter.

After leaving the Island De Lemas, and coming on the Coast of China, they shall first put in for the Bay of Engeling, or rather that of Hoksiu (they being the safest and convenientest Harbors in the Southern Bay or Mouson) and with the whole Fleet (except those bound for Iapan, which will part from us be∣fore) run into them, to inquire how the Affairs of War stand between the Tartar and Coxinga, and whether he be in China, or Formosa; therefore if in the way from Lemas to the Coast of China any Frigats should be separated from the Fleet, let them put in for the foremention'd Bays of Engeling, or Hoksiu, where they shall joyn with the Fleet again.

When the white Flag shall be set up at the Admirals Stern, and a Gun be fired from his Ship, then the General Council of War shall meet, consisting of these following Persons to consult with the Admiral, viz.

Henry Indiik of the Ship Loosduinen, Iohn Idze de Vink, or Van Campen▪ Vice-Ad∣miral of the Fleet; but so long as Indiik is by the Fleet, the Finch shall carry the Flag as Rear-Admiral of Zierikzee.

The Merchant Constantine Nobel; who carries the Light before the Fleet, af∣ter Indiik hath taken leave, shall bear the Flag of Domburgh.

Peter Iansz Veldmuis, Captain of the Naerden: Ysbrand Bowmester, Captain of the Domburgh: Barent Iochemsz, Captain of the Overveen: Harman Symonsz, Commander of the High-Land: Iohn Hendriksz, Master of the Sea-Dog: Dirk Gerritz, Commander of the Meliskerke: Iohn Ysbransz Van Bank, Captain of the Ankeven: Valk, Master of the Vink: Christopher Edwartsz, Secretary.

If the Admiral lets flie his Red Flag from his Poop, then all the remaining Commanders of the Fleet, as Brukelen, Loenen, and Ter-Bode, shall also come a∣board with the foremention'd persons; and likewise their chief Officers of War, as the Ensigns and Serjeants: But if the Admiral will have his Privy Council to come aboard, he shall put out his white Flag with a Bend from the Poop.

The Privy Council shall consist in the following Persons: Henry Indiik, Iohn Idze de Vink, Constantine Nobel, Peter Iansz, Veldmuis Commander of the Naerden, Ysbrand Bowmester Captain of the Domburgh.

If the Admiral is desirous to speak with the Captain of the Loosduine, he shall let a Pennon flow from his Mizzen-Yard; if with the Zirikzee, a Pennon from the Fore-Yard; if with Domburgh, a Jack from the Sprissel-Yard.

If any one be found to neglect these Orders, he shall be put in mind of it by the Secretary, and after examination of the cause, receive all due punishment.

All these were made, and agreed on in the Naerden Frigat, Sailing about the Thousand Islands, the 26. of Iune, 1662.

Balthazar Bort, Iohn Idze de Vink.

On Thursday morning, being the twenty seventh, the Fleet having the same Weather, found themselves to be in four Degrees and eighteen Mi∣nutes South-Latitude; and in the afternoon, beyond the Point of Boomy's Riff,* 5.1 in nine and ten Fathom Gravelly Ground; in the Night, on fourteen and fif∣teen Fathom, the same Ground, they spy'd the Banks of the foresaid Riff at a pretty distance.

On Wednesday Morning the twenty eighth, the Fleet (being in thirteen and fourteen Fathom Water, the Wind Easterly) saw the Island Lucipar, or Lu∣kapar,* 5.2 lying to the South-West, about a League and a half from them. This Island lies near Sumatra, in the Mouth of the Straights of Banka, and is fourteen Leagues in Circumference. It is uninhabited, yet Wooddy, and yields a plea∣sant Prospect with its high Trees towards the Sea; it is interlac'd with many murmuring Streams, which abounding in Fish, and the Woods with Beasts, makes it a fit place for the Sea-men to refresh in.

In the afternoon, being in three Degrees, and seven Minutes, Lukapar lay three Leagues South South-East from the Fleet; and having got the first Point of Sumatra on their Starboard, their Course being North-East and by East, they Sail'd along the Coast of Sumatra in ten and thirteen Fathom Water.

The twenty ninth about Noon, the Fleet Sail'd by Poele Nancha, lying in the Straights of Banka, thirty Leagues to the In-land, in two Degrees and twenty five Minutes Southern-Latitude, and were got within a small League from the third Point of Sumatra.

Poele Nancha, that is, The Isle Nancha, (for Poele is Island, and Nancha the pro∣per name of the place) and signifies Round Island, so call'd, being indeed al∣most Circular, and hath eight Leagues in Circumference, very barren, being onely Sandy Ground, having on the Shore nothing but a few Turtles.

In the Evening, about Sun-set, they came up with the high Promontary Monapien, on the North of the Island Banka; and the Fore-Land of Sumatra ly∣ing West South-West, about a League from them.

Banka, an Island about a League from Sumatra, is inhabited, fruitful, and* 5.3 full of Woods.

The thirteenth, being Friday, the Fleet was at Noon gotten into one De∣gree and twenty two Minutes South-Latitude; and had Poele Toutyon, that is,* 5.4 seven Islands, East and by North, four Leagues from them in sixteen and seven∣teen Fathom Water. These Isles, though they lie close by one another, yet are uninhabited.

Close by Poele Toutyon, towards the East, lies the Isle of Linge, Inhabited on* 5.5 the Shore by Fishers and Rusticks; but in the Countrey by a People who came thither from the Mountain Passarvan, which is in Iova; for these People opprest by the King of Passarvan, with great Tributes and other Inconvenien∣cies, fled for their better accommodation to several places; most of them being Licens'd by the King of Bantam to have setled behind the City, on the Coast of Sunda, at the foot of the Mountain Gomon Bezar, where they have built the Ci∣ty Sura, and several Villages, Electing a King of their own, which pays Tri∣bute to the King of Bantam. Others have setled themselves on this Isle, and built Towns and Villages, which they enjoy'd in Peace a long time, but sub∣mitted themselves at last, either out of kindness, or force, to the King of Sura.

These People live peaceably and friendly, maintaining themselves with Husbandry or Tillage; and observe the old Pythagorean Doctrine, concerning the Transmigration of the Soul; therefore they neither kill nor eat any animated Creature.

They go clothed in white Paper made of Trees, of which they tie only one piece about their Head, and another about their Middle, for decency.

This Isle hath all manner of good Provisions, though not in very great plenty; but abundance of Birds, which are from thence Transported to China for a great Dainty.

The first of Iuly, about Noon, the Fleet finding it self in twenty five Minutes South-Latitude, spy'd the East Point of the Isle of Linge, North-West from them; and Poele Zay, South-West and by West, in eighteen and nineteen Fa∣thom grey Sandy Ground, mixt with little Shells; their Course North and by East; the Wind at South-East and by South.

Poele Zay are several small Rocky Isles, and uninhabited, lying in a Train* 5.6 one by another.

The second, being Sunday, the Fleet Sail'd about Noon in fifty three Minutes Northern Latitude.

In the afternoon the Pink Loosduynen being seven Leagues to the Eastward of the Island Poele Panjang, ran on unknown Rocks, not specifi'd in the Maps, to which the Vice-Admiral Iohn Van Campen Rowing with his Boat, and some Tackle, giving speedy assistance, helpt the Pink off from the Rocks without any Damage.

Poele Panjang, signifies, Long Island, so call'd from its narrowness and* 5.7 great length, it is uninhabited, but full of Woods, where a Bird by the In∣dians

[illustration]

call'd Emy, or Emeu, breeds. He hath a long Neck, which when he stretch∣eth out, makes him at least four Foot high; before at his Throat hang two Lappets, like slips of Parchment, two Inches long, and red. His Neck, as Clusius relates, is about thirteen Inches long, and his Body two Foot broad, and three Foot long from Breast to Stern; his Legs seventeen Inches long: The Feathers with which his whole Body was cover'd, were all double, being grown out of one little and short Quill, and lying one upon another, were thick at the ends, and thin and small at the Root, and of several lengths. These Feathers resembled rather a Bears Fur than Plumes: His Wings consist∣ed chiefly of four long black Quills; but the upper part thereof had the same kind of Feathers that grew on the Breast; for it is to be suppos'd that with these Wings he helps himself in running, not being able either to fly, or lift himself from the Ground. The Head holds no proportion to the Body, be∣ing little, and almost bald: The Eyes, a little above the opening of the Bill, were very big and sparkling: Upon the top of his Head grew a Crest or Comb, hard as Horn: The upper part of his Bill five Inches long; the fore∣part of the Neck, about four Inches below the Bill, had two fleshy Gills, two Inches long, of ruddy colour; the hindermost part of the Neck also bald, and from the Head to the Back reddish, and the lower part cover'd with a few red Feathers, mix'd with some black. And although this Bird seems to resemble the Ostrich, taking all things that are thrown before him, yet he hath not cloven Feet, but three very strong Claws, with which side-ways he seizes his Prey. But though he swallow'd what-ever was cast to him, as whole Oranges, and the like; yet his usual Food was Wheaten or Rye-Bread, which broken in great pieces, he gobbles up; and mad after new-laid Eggs, which went down Shells and all; but if they were hard, or lay heavy upon his Sto∣mach, he muted them, and then taking them the second time, digesting, put them well over. These Birds, they say, breed not onely on the Molucco Islands, but also on Sumatra, Taprobane, and in the neighboring Countreys.

On Munday, being the third, the Fleet proceeded on her Course North-North-East, full before the Wind, and reach'd about Noon in two Degrees and three Minutes Northern Latitude, and in sight of the Island Poele Tingi▪ which lay North-West from them. In the first Watch the Zierikzee and Ter-Boede Frigats came to an Anchor on the West side of Aura, in thirteen Fathom Water, and put each of them a Light in their Lanthorns, for a Sign to those Ships that were behind.

The fourth, being Tuesday, the Admiral with the Naerden Frigat, accompa∣nied with the Overveen, Sea-dog, Singing-bird, High-land, and Vink, came to an An∣chor in the same place; for the Domburg, and six more, took their Course to the Isle of Timon, according to Order when they set sail: Their Boats going ashore to fetch fresh Water and Wood, brought also many Baskets of Fish and Fruits, besides some Hens and Goats, which they either bought for Money, or barter'd for.

Next Morning, being the fifth, the Singing-bird, Sea-dog, and the Gold∣finch weigh'd their Anchors, and sail'd to Poele Pisang for fresh Provisions and Wood. This Island is Populous, and full of Villages. All the In∣habitants observe strictly their Fishing and Tillage, being bred to such Drud∣gery from their Childhood. Here, as also on the Coast of the Kingdom of Sampan, and on the Island Lingen, a kind of Birds-nests are plentifully found* 5.8 which at Feasts and Entertainments are look'd upon as a great Regalia; nay, the Inhabitants on their New-years Feast, which they keep with great Solemnity, commonly present one another with these Dainties, as an infallible sign of unfeigned Friendship. They are also transported, as a great Delicate, to Chi∣na, and every Pound thereof sold for half a a 5.9 Tahers, they being a great Cordial, much relieving both the Stomach and Brain.

A Bird like a Swallow, about the time of the year when they chuse Mates, and fall to coupling, yields a kind of glutinous or slimy matter, which lying on the Rocks, is the first Material of these Nests, and by a daily additional Moisture, or Morning-dew, gather'd on their Wings, and sprinkled on it, at last becomes both large and perfect, which when dry, resembles the Bowl of a Spoon, with high Edges, and are found here in such abundance, that they gather some Hundred weights of them yearly.

When their Coupling time is past, and the Nests finish'd, which happens all at one time, they lay their Eggs, and Brood upon them; which Father Kir∣cher thus describes.

Between Cochinchina and the Island Hainan, lie in a long Ridge a Series both of great and lesser Rocks, to which in March flock abundance of strange Birds like Swallows, there building their Nests, but of what, or how, not known; and having bred up their Young fit for flight, they quit their Birth-place, and leave their empty Nests, which Ships coming thither from China and other places, transport from thence, and sell at home at great Rates, because they are esteem'd as the onely Condiment either to Fish or Flesh, which be∣ing handsomly season'd with it, gives a delightful Hogooe.

Philip Martyn, in his Relation of the Kingdom of Tunking, saith, That in that Province are many strange Birds and Fowls, especially some little ones, that fly like a Swallow, making their Nests on the Rocks, which are ga∣ther'd, and sold at no ordinary price, because they believe that they owe their Health to the use of them mix'd in their Dishes, and that it is a certain Cure for the loss of Appetite.

They are of a bright colour, and hard, like Sea-horn; and they esteem the greatest Feast no Entertainment without this Dainty, which they prepare af∣ter this manner: First they lay it a whole Night in warm Water, till it grows soft and mellow; then again dried in the Sun, mince it very small.

It hath of it self almost no taste; but, like Mushrooms prepar'd in Sal∣lads, provokes an Appetite; and as other Food asswages Hunger, and sa∣tisfies the Stomach, this, on the contrary, makes the Appetite greater, and still desirous of more.

There is also much Ager-Wood, and Cotton.

On Thursday the sixth, Admiral Bort firing a Gun from the Naerden-Frigat, signified his intention to set Sail; but no sooner had he weigh'd his Anchor, but the Ship was strongly driven by the Current towards the Shore, so that he was forc'd to let it fall again, and firing several Guns, the Vice-Admiral Van Campen coming thither with his Pinnace, Long-boat, and Tackling, found the Naerden Frigat to ride about three Cables length from the Rocks, on good Ground, able enough to hold out a great Storm: But carrying out a small An∣chor, and weighing the other, at last got under Sail, and was follow'd by the rest of the Ships.

The seventh, being Friday, the Zierikzee, Highland, and Ter-Boede Frigats came about the East side of the Isle of Timon (for the Naerden and the other Ships lay at the North-East Point) to an Anchor in thirteen Fathom, where they took in Water, Firing, and fresh Provisions, as Hens, Goats, Fish, Potatoes, and the like.

The eighth, being Saturday, the Zierikzees Men going into the Woods, cut Anchor-stocks, Oars, Hand-spikes, and Leavers; and fishing in their Sloop, took some Shepherds and Breams.

About Noon hapned a great Thunder-shower.

The ninth day, being Sunday, the Zierikzee, Highland, and Ter-Boede, weigh∣ing their Anchors, ran to the North-East Point of Timon, to the Naerden, and the other Ships.

Admiral Bort putting out his white Flag to call a Council, they judg'd it convenient to steer further out from the Shore, and also seal'd their Orders.

The Admiral here complaining that he had many young and unexperienc'd People in his Ship, Order was immediately given, That two of the stoutest Sea-men should be taken out of each of the other Ships, except the Gold-finch, and put aboard of him.

In the afternoon the Fleet set sail, and took their Course North-North-East, and saw the Isle of Timon about Sun-set, bearing South and by West, and South-South-West, about five or six Leagues distant.

The tenth in the afternoon, under three Degrees and eight Minutes, the Fleet had thirty eight Fathom Water, sandy Ground.

But by the eleventh at Noon they had reach'd five Degrees and four Mi∣nutes Northern Latitude, and in forty and forty one Fathom Water, gravelly Ground.

The next day at Noon they were in five Degrees and fifty six Minutes, and had thirty nine Fathom Water.

The thirteenth, the Fleet being in seven Degrees and six Minutes, had twenty nine, thirty, and thirty one Fathom Water: But the Naerden sailing with his Squadron about the East, had almost lost sight of the Zierikzee.

The fourteenth about Noon the Fleet was in eight Degrees and sixteen Mi∣nutes,

and had twenty two and twenty three Fathom Water, fine sandy Ground, mix'd with white Gravel. At Night, about the latter end of the first Watch, appear'd the two Isles lying to the West of the Island Poele or Candor, a League from the Fleet, which had eighteen Fathom Water. This Poele or Candor lies in the Bay of Siam, near the Coast of Vancinaer Cambodia, uninhabited, and about three or four Leagues in Circumference, surrounded with high Rocks and Mountains, crown'd with shady Trees, and abounding with good Provi∣sion, to the great refreshment of those Ships that put in there.

The fifteenth in the Morning the Fleet came up with the North-East Point of Candor, which bore South-East and by East about three or four Leagues di∣stance from them, in the depth of seventeen and eighteen Fathom Water, white Sand, mix'd with small Pebbles.

The sixteenth in the Morning they sail'd in fifteen and sixteen Fathom Wa∣ter, the Table-Mount being North-East, about three Leagues from the Shore. About Noon they found themselves by observation in ten Degrees and thirty one Minutes Northern Latitude, and had fifteen Fathom Water, about three Leagues from the Coast of Champa.

Champa, so call'd according to Texeira, from the Portuguese Pronunciation, Champa; by Martinius, Changpa; and by others, Ciampa, is a Kingdom, which hath the Principality of Camboya on the West, and, according to Father Lerin, that of Laos, from which it is separated by the vast Desarts and Mountains of Samao; the East respects Cochinchina and Tunking, and reaches with its Coasts to the main Continent of China, before you come to the Shore against the Island of Makou.

The chief City, which lies up in the Countrey, hath its denomination from the Kingdom: The other Towns are Varella, Penaria, and Tauchonarella. This Countrey abounds in all sorts of Provisions, and the Hills with Elephants, which are transported from thence to several Places. There is also store of the best Calamback-Wood, by some call'd Calampart, by Linschot, Calambu, and Ca∣lambes,* 5.10 or Lignum-Aloes; by the Arabians, Agalugen, and Haut; and by the Inha∣bitants of Zaratte and Dekan, Ud, which hath a most sweet and odorife∣rous smell, said to proceed from its rotting under Ground; for the sound Wood hath no smell at all. The Tree (saith Garzias) resembles that of an Olive, but somewhat bigger; and the firm and sound Wood hath no kind of smell; but with the putrifying of the Bark and Wood, the fat and Oily Moisture may also communicate of its Sweetness to that likewise. This Wood they prize so highly, that they equally value it with Gold; yet much us'd by the Chineses in their Offerings to their Gods. The Countrey, though badly stor'd with Gold and Silver, yet is en∣rich'd with excellent Drugs, costly Woods (as the Sampan and Ebon-Wood) Rice, Lint, and Cotton: There is also plenty of a Fruit call'd Oaby, which is very great, weighing ten or twelve Pounds apiece, and by the Chineses us'd for Bread, and sometimes mingled with Meat like the Bottoms of Artichokes: They also have a very large Fruit, by the Inhabitants and other Indians call'd Nankussen, and by some, according to Garzias and Acosta, Iaka.

The Countrey is Govern'd by a King, that Rules, neither acknowledging Subjection to the Emperor of China, the Cham of Tartary, or any other Supe∣rior. The Vice-Admiral Van Campen spoke with the King himself, who sate in a great Court, in a very large Hall, hung with rich Tapestry; but was not permitted to enter the Presence, till he pull'd off his Shoes and Stockings, be∣cause none may appear before the King unless bare-footed, such was their Custom of due Reverence.

The Grandees or Persons of Quality there, are mounted on Steeds, with Bells in their Ears, like our Cart-Horses.

The seventeenth, in the Night, the Fleet doubled the South Point of the* 5.11 Bay of Pangerang, which bore West and by South about three Leagues from them. In the bottom of this Bay, being a most convenient Harbor for Ships, stands a great City, whose Jurisdiction extends a vast way into the Countrey, and Govern'd by a peculiar King. The Vice-Admiral going ashore, spake with him with his Shoes and Stockins on, and was presented by the King with soms Fans and Stuffs. The Countrey thereabouts abounds with Calamback-Wood.* 5.12

The Fleet steering North and by East, found her self about Noon to be in eleven Degrees and thirty five Minutes, about three Leagues from the Champan Shore. In the Morning they plied about the five Islands, close by the foremen∣tion'd Coast, the Southermost part of which appears like a round Hay-stack.

The eighteenth, at Noon, by Observation they found themselves in twelve Degrees and thirteen Minutes, two Leagues from the Shore, in seventy Fathom Water.

On Wednesday about Sun-rising the Fleet made St. Iohn de Fyks, on the Coast of Champan, North-East and by North, about three Leagues from them, and at Noon were in thirteen Degrees and five Minutes Northern Latitude; and Coasted about Sun-set Cabo Avarelles, which lay Northerly from them, steering North and by East.

Cabo Avarelles being a very high Mountain, appears a great distance off like a Man on Horse-back, and serves for a Beacon.

The twentieth they found themselves in thirteen Degrees and forty nine Mi∣nutes, and saw the Point of Poele Candor, North and by East, a good distance from them.

The one and twentieth, in the Day-watch, the Vice-Admiral Van Campen (for the Admiral Bort going that Night with seven Ships about the East, was by break of day gotten quite out of sight) with the Ships belonging to his Squa∣dron, came opposite to the Northermost of the Box-Islands, and spied four Sail,* 5.13 bearing North-East and by East, near the Coast of Champan, or Quinan; whe∣ther he, and those that belong'd to the Ter-Boede, row'd with their Sloops well Mann'd and Arm'd; but three of them escaping, they took only one, which they carried aboard the Vice-Admiral, and found him to be laden with Rice, Honey and strong Arak, Mann'd with seven Men, and having also five proper Women aboard, that coming from Poeyan, intended to sail from Taywan,* 5.14 not far from thence. They judg'd it convenient to let them pass with their Vessel; but the Women would rather have staid with the Netherlanders, if they might have had their desires; yet at their departure, they were presented with three Pieces of course white Linnen, which they receiv'd with great thank∣fulness.

The City Poeyan, lying on the Coast of Quinan, at the foot of a Mountain, between two Rivers, is surrounded with high thick Walls of Stone, fit to plant Guns upon. Their Fortresses are not fortified with Towers, but here and there with some Galleries eighteen Foot high, to which they ascend by a Ladder, and from thence assail their Enemies.

The City hath three straight and long Streets, which all concenter before the Royal Palace, from whence one leads to the Sea, the second to one of the City-Gates, and the third to the Mountain-Gate. None of the Streets are

pav'd, except those three; for the other By-Lanes and Alleys are Sandy. And notwithstanding the whole may be Navigated by Channels that run through every Street, which receive their Waters from the foremention'd Rivers, yet are they very foul, because when the Water falls, it goes off so slowly.

Near the Court, on the West side of the City, stands a spacious Temple; on the East-side, the Arsenal; and on the South side, the Kings Palace, artifi∣cially built, with spacious Courts and Walks within. At the end of the Street that leads into the Countrey, stand the Mayor or Chief Magistrates House, wherein all the Kings Servants or Slaves reside, and where are also his Stables, and other Offices.

The City stands divided into four parts, over every one of which a No∣ble-man hath the chief Command in time of War, Fire, or other Accidents. In each of these is also a Drum, as big as a Rhenish-Wine Fat, whereon they beat with a Hammer, which always hangs near it, when any Uproar happens.

The Merchandise to be had there, are all sorts of Wrought and un-wrought Silks, flower'd and plain, of divers Colours; as Peelings, Hokiens, and the like: They trade also in white Linnen.

At Noon the Vice-Admiral Van Campen found himself in fourteen Degrees and forty Minutes Northern Latitude, and in the Morning came up with Ad∣miral Van Bort, with seven Ships and a Jonk.

The twenty second, about Sun-rising, the Fleet spied Poele Canton, North-West* 5.15 and by North, about five Leagues from them, and were in the Latitude of fifteen Degrees and thirty one Minutes, their Course North-East.

The twenty third the Fleet was in sixteen Degrees and fourteen Minutes North Latitude.

The twenty fourth, being Munday, they discover'd the Island Hainan, at a* 5.16 good distance from them; and taking observation at Noon, were in eighteen Degrees and fifteen Minutes, about four or five Leagues South-East from Hainan.

The twenty fifth about Noon they reach'd nineteen Degrees and fifty one Minutes.

The twenty sixth they had twenty one Degrees and seven Minutes North Latitude, and were within four or five Leagues, bearing South-South-West, from the Southermost Island of Macao, or Macau, in twenty six and twenty se∣ven Fathom Water.

The twenty seventh the Zierikzee and Ter-Boede cast Anchor in the Evening near the Island of Macau, by the Box-Heads, being separated from the rest of the Fleet by Misty Weather, that being the appointed Rendezvouz, where they were to meet, if by any Accident they should lose one another.

The next day in the Forenoon Indiik, accompanied with the Loosduinen, Sing∣ing-bird, and three Frigats, Domburgh, High-land, and Meliskerke, came to an An∣chor in the same place, under the Coast of Macau, in thirteen Fathom Water, gravelly Ground, which made up their Number eight.

The Islands of Macau receive their Denomination from the City of the same name, scituate on a small hanging Islet, joyn'd to one that is somewhat bigger; a Ship may without danger in Stormy Weather Sail betwixt, and there lie Land-lock'd, riding in an always smooth Sea, where they never want store of Fresh-water from the living Spring.

The twenty ninth, being Saturday, Indiik by putting out a white Flag, gave the Signal to the Commanders of the other Ships to come aboard to Coun∣cil,

where it was judg'd convenient, because Indiik suppos'd that the staying with the Ships bound for Iapan would be chargeable, to weigh Anchor in the Morning, put again to Sea, and sail through the Isles of Macau, ordering every Ship now and then to fire a Gun, in hopes thereby to meet again with the other five. Their Course being Nor-East by East, and Nor-Nor-East, in six∣teen, seventeen, and eighteen Fathom, gravelly Ground, about nine of the Clock they bore up with one of the greatest of the Macau Islands, in Portu∣guese call'd Ilhas de Lemas, where they saw five Champans or Jonks lying neer the Shore, which had a few Houses. Here also eight of the Fleet dropp'd An∣chor; for Indiik with two laden Flyboats steer'd for Iapan.

The Boats went ashore well Mann'd, where they found five great Champans with their Fishing-Nets, and above five thousand dried and salted Shepherd-Fish, with two hundred Pots of the Rows of the same Fish pickled.

The Chineses taking their flight into the Woods, so left all their Goods to the disposal of the Hollanders; onely three were overtaken by the Sea-men, and carried aboard the Vice-Admiral, who asking them from whence they came, they told him, From Xantung, and also inform'd him of Coxinga's Death, who were glad of the News, and paid the poor Men for their Fish.

In the Afternoon they joyn'd with the Admiral Bort, and the other lost and separated Vessels, which lay at Anchor full three Leagues to Lee-ward of the most Easterly Macaan Isles, where they were not able to row ashore with their Boats, because of the swiftness of the Current.

The Admiral making the usual Signal, the rest of the Captains came aboard, where he ruffling a little, and chiding them for not keeping their Rendezvouz according to Order, he set upon each of them the Penalty to bring him aboard eight Hogsheads of Water.

The one and thirtieth in the Morning the Fleet setting sail, was at Noon in twenty two Degrees and twelve Minutes, a League and a half North-East and by East from Pedro Branke.

About Noon spying five Sail in the North-East, the Vice-Admiral Van Cam∣pen made Chase after them, and coming up with one in the Evening, took it, with three Chineses from Tamsua, and some fresh and salt Fish.

On Tuesday, the first of August, the Vice-Admiral went aboard the Naerden Frigat, to know what he should do with the three Chineses and their Vessel: Bort replied, That he should let them go.

At Noon the Fleet was in twenty two Degrees and thirty six Minutes, in twenty and twenty one Fathom Water, fine Sandy Ground, mix'd with Shells; and the next day at Noon, in twenty three Degrees and thirty eight Minutes, bearing about three Leagues West-South-West from the Island Tang Goie, in* 5.17 twenty two and twenty three Fathom Water, Sandy Ground, mix'd with small Shells, their Course North-East and by East.

In the Afternoon they spied several Fisher-Boats in the North-East, which the Admiral and Vice-Admiral order'd to be chased: The Loenen Pink overta∣king one of them, found onely one Man in her, the rest escaping by swimming.

The third, the Fleet came up with the Point of Puthay, lying on the main* 5.18 Coast of China, Northward from them, their Course North-East and by North along the Shore. This Point of Land appears in Prospect Mountainous, yet full of Valleys and Plains, planted with Trees of a wondrous height, whose Wood is as black as Pitch, and as hard and smooth as polish'd Marble or Ivory; some resembling Ebony; some a reddish Colour, and others yellowlike Wax.

The Admiral putting out the Signal, commanded all the Officers to come aboard, and caus'd the Chinese Prisoners to be ask'd in their presence, From whence they came? If they had no knowledge of the Tartars Army? And where Coxinga's Fleet lay? Whereupon they replied, That Coxinga was dead, that the Tartars had a great Army near Chinkzieu and Zwansifoe; and that they were fitting out abundance of great and small Jonks in all the Havens, to War against Coxinga.

In the Night the Fleet sail'd by the Island Quemuy, to the great dislike of the Admiral Bort, and contrary to the General and Indian Councils Order, which notwithstanding none of the Commanders knew, onely that the Vice-Admiral Campen had direction, That if the Ships should be separated from one another in the Southern Mouzon, they should stay at the North Point of the Island Que∣muy; and in the Northern Mouzon, at the Promontory of Puthay, lying about two Leagues North-East from Quemuy; or else, in and before the River Hok∣sieu. On this Island Quemuy appear two Towers; the one with a Spiry Point; the other, being that of the City Engely, flat and broad.

The City Engely, which stood on the Island Quemuy, was pull'd down, to prevent that Coxinga might not possess or harbor there; and at present there appears onely some few Ruines of it, not far from the Sea-side.

In the Afternoon the Fleet rais'd twenty four Degrees and forty six Minutes, about two Leagues and a half from the Coast of China, where in the South-South-East they spied three Jonks, which the Admiral and all his Fleet chas'd, but they escap'd by their nimble Sailing. About Sun-set they were three Leagues distant from an Isle lying at the South Point of the Storm-bay, where∣on stands a Tower built like a Pyramide.

This Storm-bay makes a convenient Harbor for safety in bad Weather, or to* 5.19 take in Provisions. On the Shore are divers Towers, with several Entrances, adorn'd with Images of their Gods, and before whose chief Gate by turns one of their Priests keeps continual Watch.

On Fryday, being the fourth, about Noon, the Vice-Admiral Van Campen de∣scried the Cape of the Cavalles, in twenty five Degrees and thirty seven Minutes,* 5.20 about two or three Leagues East and by North from the Rough Isle, in the depth of thirty four and thirty five Fathom Water, their Course North-North-East.

This Point of Cavalles is a great Promontory, full of many handsom Towns and Villages, and exceeding fertile; for besides the great conveni∣ences of Rivers, all sorts of Provisions may be purchased there at a cheap rate, as Sheep, Swine, Poultrey, and the like; there are also Oranges, Lemons, Citrons, and several other Fruits of that kind, especially one shap'd like a Pear, with a thin Shell, resembling the outward Husk of a Chesnut, white within, and of a delicious taste; they preserve it in Sugar and Oyl, because if boyl'd, it loseth the relish: The Horses of this place are generally very small.

Near this Point lye certain desolate and barren Isles, which by the Nether∣landers are generally call'd the Cavalles.

The fifth the Vice-Admiral was by a Storm and hollow Sea separated from the other Ships, when he saw three Isles not appearing in the Maps, about three Leagues South-West and by South from him, in the depth of thirty one and thirty two, and sometimes twenty seven, twenty five, and twenty four Fa∣thom Water, muddy Ground. About Noon they found thirteen several Isles in the Latitude of twenty seven Degrees, all which the Vice-Admiral sup∣pos'd to be the Isles of the Old Sayer.

Thither the Vice-Admiral sail'd, to wait for the Admiral and the other eight Ships, where he was so ruffled by a sudden Storm, that his Main-Mast had like to come over-board, his Sails and Rigging much torn; yet at last he came to an Anchor, with his four Ships, in twenty seven Degrees and nine Minutes Northern Elevation.

The sixth the Vice-Admiral Van Campen commanded the Officers of the Ships that were with him to come aboard, to know of them if they were inclin'd (not to spend any time in vain) to seek for the Admiral, with the other eight Ships, by sailing Southerly or Northerly, because his Orders on the third of the same Month were to meet in the Latitude of twenty seven Degrees and thirty Minutes before the City Hoksieu (if possible,) if they should happen by Storm to be separated one from another, and there to inquire after the state of the Tartars.

Van Campen judg'd it convenient to sail but fourteen or fifteen Leagues to∣wards the South, along the Coast of China, and if he miss'd of him there, to take his Course back again towards the North, or to stay there till they came to him, and then go together to find out their Admiral, which was agreed on.

The eighth Van Campen weigh'd Anchor with his Squadron, sailing a pretty way to the Offin, and then stood in towards the Coast of China, there to dis∣cover some Haven or River, but saw a little to the Northward of a Cape on the Coast of China, six or seven Isles, which passing by, and plying several times from and towards the Shore, they came again to an Anchor behind the Isle where they had lain before.

The ninth the Vice-Admirals Pilot went ashore, to seek For Water, which he found running out of the Rocks, between the Hills: About Noon they weigh'd Anchor, and sail'd to a high Isle, unknown to them, and not found in the Map. In the Evening they spied ten or eleven Sail of Fishermen, to reach whom Van Campen sent his Pilot with a Sloop well Mann'd, and one who spoke some broken Chinese; but they onely overtook one of them, which they brought aboard, where they question'd them, From whence they came, and whereabouts Hoksieu was? They answer'd, From Kita, and that Hoksieu was about six or seven Leagues Southerly from them: And selling their taken Fish to the Netherlanders for three Spanish Rials, promis'd the next Morning to bring them Hens, Swine, and Chinese Apples aboard.

With Sun-set they came between the Main Coast of China, and four unknown Isles, and dropp'd their Anchors in thirteen Fathom Water, about Cannon∣shot from the Shore. On the greatest stood a Light-house, with Burning Candles in it.

The tenth, being Thursday, the Vice-Admiral set Sail in the Morning to∣wards the South-South-West, between the main Coast of China and the Islands, a Cannon-shot from the shore. On the Main Continent appear'd a House in a Bay. About Noon they were come back into twenty six Degrees and twen∣ty seven Minutes, and in the Evening by calm, yet contrary Tides, enter'd the Bay of Kita, half a League Southward from an unknown Island.

The eleventh in the Morning Van Campen setting sail again, spied two Jonks lying before Tenhay, to which he sent Iacob Black, with a Boat and Skiff, Mann'd with armed Sea-men and Soldiers, to fight them; but the Jonks by swiftness of their Sails got clear off; yet in the Pursuit they saw in the North-West, near the Coast of China, three or four unknown Isles, and seven Ships at an Anchor near the Shore, which were the lost Ships, with the Admiral, that they were in quest of.

About Noon the Vice-Admiral was commanded aboard of the Admiral Bort, by Captain Auke Pieterson, Master of the Ter-Boede Frigat, and inform'd by him, That he had taken nineteen Jonks, great and small, near Tenhay, six or seven of which they had fetch'd from the Shore, and burn'd the rest, except one, which was blown up by its own Powder.

The Booty of the taken Jonks consisted in forty one square Packs, nineteen Fardels, and five Bales of fine white Silk, a hundred and thirteen Pieces of Spiljauter, sixty seven Pigs of Lead great and small, two hundred sixty eight Bags of Pepper, besides sixty nine Guns and Blunderbusses.

The twelfth, being Saturday, the Fleet setting Sail, steer'd their Course to the River of Hoksieu, to perform the Orders of the General and Council of India; but was forc'd by calm Weather, and contrary Tides, to come to an Anchor again in seven Fathom Water, a little to the Westward of the Bay, not far from the Land, border'd with a white sandy Shore.

In the hanging of the Mountain appear'd a great and well-built City, call'd Sotiha, whereof the Walls of one side were wash'd by the Sea.

Near the Shore, and against the Gates, lay some small Jonks, and many other Vessels, that were hall'd up above the Water-mark; whither the Admi∣ral Bort, and Vice-Admiral Van Campen, in the afternoon sent ninety seven Sea∣men, and one hundred and fifty Soldiers in five Boats and seven Sloops, with Command to set them all on fire (for they belong'd to Coxinga,) but to spare all Houses.

The Hollanders coming near the Shore, were roughly entertain'd by the Chineses, with great Guns and Musquets; but being once Landed they met with little resistance, for the Chineses fled unto the Mountains: whereupon Van Campen entring the City with his Men, set a Watch in a great House near* 5.21 the Gate, and sent the rest of his People in three Parties through the City.

This City Sotiha had been ruin'd and burnt by the Tartars about a year be∣fore, but since that rebuilt with many handsom Houses, wherein they found good quantities of Rice, Salt, and dri'd Fish. Three Chineses were also taken, with four Women, but set at liberty again immediately. A young Woman was found Murder'd, but how none knew.

This Place is now inhabited chiefly by Chineses, short-hair'd like the Tartars, that maintain themselves with Fishing and Husbandry, being Licenced there∣to by the Governor of Hoksieu.

After the firing of twenty seven small and great Vessels Laden with Pepper, Silk, and other Commodities to be Transported to Iapan, Van Campen with his People in the Evening leaving the Shore went aboard, where he related his Adventures to the Admiral. Hence the Fleet Sail'd somewhat Southerly, and Anchor'd before the City Tenhay in nine Fathom Water.

This Tenhay hath no Walls, and inhabited onely by Fisher-men, and some Merchants.

The thirteenth being Sunday, the Fleet between Tenhay and the River Hoksieu came to Anchor in eight Fathom Water, where in the Bay of Linkun they espi'd some small Fisher-men with their Nets.

This Bay of Linkun lies also between the River Hoksieu and Tenhay, where some Priests coming to the Netherlanders, requested of them a Pass, that they might go free if any of their Ships should meet with them at Sea, promising to do the same to them, if the Hollanders had occasion to travel by Land or Water.

The Vice-Admiral Van Campen sent to the Admiral Bort, to know if the six Jonks should stay near Tenhay, or go into the River Hoksieu, that if a Storm should happen they might not be driven from their Anchors, with which they were but meanly provided, and had scarce Provision for six or seven Days. In the Night they saw many Fires upon the Mountains.

The fourteenth being Monday, in the Morning the Fleet Anchor'd near the Banks of Hoksieu, about a League from the Shore, and to make their coming known to the Tartars, Bort commanded seven Guns to be fir'd from the Naerden Frigat, five from the Zierikzee, three from the Domburgh, and one from all the rest of the other Ships.

Here it was concluded, that Captain Abraham Pon, Commander of the Breukelen, with six Men, one Quarter-master, and the Interpreter Lakka, with three Tartars that came to the Hollanders at Tayowan the year before, should car∣ry a Letter to the Governors and Vice-Roy.

On Tuesday the fifteenth the Vice-Admiral Van Campen, according as order'd the day before, Sail'd with two Frigats, three Pinks, besides the six foremention'd Jonks, towards Hoksieu or Chancheu, commonly call'd The River Chang, Steering his Course West and by South between two Sands near the White Rocks, which appear like Pyramids, and close by the North-east Foreland: and bringing the Pyramids on his Starboard, he alter'd his Course towards the South-west, through a narrow Channel six, seven, or eight Fathom deep gravelly Ground. Thence he Steer'd his Course East North-east, and Anchor'd in eight Fathom Water between two pleasant Isles, and left on his Starboard two other within Cannon-shot, which serv'd as safe Harbors for all Ships against foul Weather. Near the Evening Van Campen fell down with the Ebb out of the River, to∣wards the Bar of Hoksieu, and came about four Glasses after Sun-set to the rest of the Fleet; where going Aboard the Naerden Fregat, he gave an account to the Admiral of Affairs, to his great satisfaction.

The sixteenth being Wednesday, the Fleet pass'd into the River Hoksieu, and came presently after Noon with the Flood, by the high North-east Point of the Eastermost Island, having the White Rocks on their Starboard, and work∣ing through a strong Ebb in a narrow Channel, they came to an Anchor in five Fathom Water, where immediately three handsom Chinese Vessels, with five grand Mandarins, came Aboard of the Naerden Fregat to the Admiral Bort, and with much Ceremony and Complement welcom'd both the Admiral and Vice-Admiral. At Low-water the Naerden Frigat sitting upon the Sand much troubled the Admiral, who call'd to Van Campen, telling him that he had brought the Ships to a bad Place to Anchor in; but he little regarding such a danger, repli'd, To Morrow, if it be the Admiral's pleasure, I will carry the Ships out of the River again.

The seventeenth in the Morning the Fleet weigh'd Anchor, and Sail'd along in five, six, seven, and eight Fathom Water: thence they Sail'd North∣west up the River along the Northermost Island; against the middle of which being a safe Harbor, the Ships came to Anchor.

Not far from hence lay four Islands, formerly peopled, but now laid waste, and depopulated by the Tartars. A whole Moneth the Netherlanders lay near these four Islands, where they got all things in a plentiful manner, though the ordinary Sea-men were not permitted to go ashore without leave, and onely six at a time, because they should not be burdensom, nor affright the Inha∣bitants.

On Friday the eighteenth Van Campen went ashore with his Sloop, and came* 5.22 to the South-west Point of the smallest Island at a Stone Cawsey, along which he walked to a deserted Place, wherehe saw many large Ruines of former Houses, and under the jutting of a Hill several Towns, besides two fair Temples, and in them, on a row, many Chests with dead Corps standing against the Walls above the Ground: There also were two Light-houses, fur∣nish'd with many Images, sitting on Stools at a Table, before which they burnt Offerings, imploring indulgence to departed Souls.

The nineteenth Admiral Bort sent Philip Mew, who had some smattering of the Chinese Tongue, to the Fort of Minjazen, three Leagues from Hoksieu, to the Governor, with Desire to permit them with Boats, and two of the taken Jonks, to Sail up the River for fresh Water for the Ships, and to buy Provisi∣ons. He brought Answer, that they might go with all their Boats and Jonks, and fetch as much Water as they pleas'd.

The twentieth and one and twentieth nothing hapned of any remark, eve∣ry Ship being busie to take in Water.

The two and twentieth being Tuesday, five Mandarins, with a considera∣ble* 5.23 Train, came in great Tartar Vessels Aboard the Naerden Frigat to the Ad∣miral, where they were welcom'd with the firing of Guns, and three Vollies of small Shot: Upon the Admiral's Order the Naerden fir'd seven, Zirickzee five, Domburgh three, and all the rest of the Ships two Guns apiece, and three Vollies of small Shot more. The Pilot of the Naerden Frigat carried in a Tar∣tar Vessel, aboard of the Vice-Admiral Van Campen (who at that time being troubled with an Ague, could not be at the Mandarins Entertainment in the Naerden) one fat Calf, five Hens, five Ducks, three Water-Lemons, with a great Pot of Chinese Beer, all sent as a Present to Van Campen, from the Governors of Hoksieu and Minjazen.

The twenty fourth a Corporal with four Souldiers was sent ashore with a Flag to the Island, being on the North side of the River, with Command to go to the top of the Mountains, and see if he could descry any Ships or Jonks: if they saw Ships, then they were to wave their Colours as many times as there were Vessels; if Jonks, betwixt every Flourish to fire a Gun.

In the Afternoon Ysbrant van Banke, Commander of the Ankeveen, who dy'd the Night before, was Buried on the Island, and Iacob Swaert put in his Place, being the Pilot to the Vice-Admiral in the Zirickzee.

The twenty sixth and twenty seventh nothing of remark hapned.

The twenty eighth three Chinese Vessels came with three Mandarins from Hok∣sieu aboard the Naerden Frigat, and brought a Letter from the Governor there∣of, and Commander of the Castle Minjazen: The Contents consisted in ma∣ny Complements, with promise of Favors and all kindness from them both; likewise a free Grant to go unmolested up the River, and buy Necessaries for their Money for the Fleet; and lastly, wishing them a kind welcom into China: by which it appear'd, that the Tartars intended to joyn with the Nether∣land Forces. The Letter being read, several Guns were fir'd from the Naerden.

At Noon the three Mandarins taking their leave went away in the same Ves∣sels, whilst five Cannons were fir'd in honor to them, and also three Vollies of small Shot: they carry'd with them a Letter from the Admiral Bort, written by the Chinese Interpreter Lakka, to the Governors of Hoksieu, with many civil Expressions of thankfulness.

The twenty ninth, thirtieth, and one and thirtieth, nothing hapned of any note.

The first of September all Officers were commanded by the Admiral to Land their Soldiers on the middle Island, and take up their Quarters in the best Houses of the ruin'd Town, with Order, that every Officer should furnish his Soldiers with all Necessaries for the Dressing of Meat, and to give them double allowance on the Shore of Rice, Pork, Oyl, Vinegar, and Arak, which daily occasion'd a murmuring amongst the Sea-men, who said, That they did the worst Work, and hazarded their Lives as well as the Soldiers, and there∣fore ought rather to have the greatest allowance.

The second, being Saturday, Auke Peters, Commander of the Ter-Boede, and Captain Constantine Nobell, came back from Hoksieu (whither they were sent by Order of the Admiral on the thirtieth of the last Moneth) and brought with them to the Admiral in the Naerden, five Cows, thirty six Ducks, five great Pears, with some Pot-herbs.

The third, being Sunday, Vice-Admiral Van Campen went ashore in his Sloop, where he saw divers Burying-places defaced by their own Soldiers, who out of hope to find Gold, Silver, or Jewels buried within, broke open the Chests, and threw out the Corps, which lay in all their Apparel, as Caps on their Heads, Coats, Breeches, and Shoes, and in their full shape, but as firm as a Mummy.

On the fourth, fifth, sixth and seventh days nothing hapned worthy of relation.

The eighth, being Friday, Iohn Melman with two Soldiers, and three Tartars* 5.24 that came with the Fleet from Batavia, besides the Chinese Interpreter and Secre∣tary Lakka, came back from Sinksieu through Hoksieu, after a Journey of twenty four days, accompanied with a Mandarin, sent to the Admiral Bort, with Let∣ters from the Vice-Roy Singlamong, and from the next Person to him, the Ge∣neral Taysing Lipovy, besides a Letter from a great Lord call'd Santing Hoube∣thetok, Governor of the great City Zwansyfoe; in all which they express'd them∣selves in a handsom Style, signifying the Hollanders kind welcome thither. The two chief Commanders, the Vice-Roy and General, desir'd moreover, that the Admiral would please to repair to them, or some other he should Depute (for they would be glad of some People of Quality to Confer with) and likewise, that they would be pleas'd to send the Letters from the Lord-General and Councel of Batavia, by a special Envoy by Land to the Camp at Sinksieu, that so they might better know, by communicating their Intentions, how to carry on the grand Affair; and that they should in the interim leave the Presents for the Vice-Roy in their Ships till farther order; and accordingly he Commission'd the Vice-Admiral Van Campen and Constantine Nobell (yet their Letters did not so earnestly require it as the Interpreter Iohn Melman related to the Admiral,) with Commands to deliver the Lord-General and Indian Councels Letters to the Vice-Roy Singlamong, and the Person next to him in State, the General Tay∣sing Lipovy, and withall, to Treat and conclude with them concerning the grand Affair: This being concluded on, they sent advice concerning it to the Go∣vernor of Hoksieu, who return'd this Answer:

THe dispatching of the Vice-Admiral Iohn van Campen and Constantine* 6.1 Nobel, with Letters from the Lord-General and Councel of Batavia, to the Vice-Roy Singlamong, and the next Person to him, Taysing Lipovy, will, according to my Judgment, come to a good issue; but to joyn with You, and make a League to go against Coxinga or his Adherents, is beyond my

Commission: but I will prepare my self, if the Ambassadors and Letters are ready, to assist them, and provide them Attendants, and all Necessaries which they shall want on their Journey to Sinksieu to the Vice-Roy and General. About Matters of War and Merchandise I am not permitted to Treat with You, but You must expect Your Answer concerning it from the Vice-Roy, or Court at Peking.

The eighteenth, being Monday, in the Morning two Jonks, with the Inter∣preter Melman, and the Chinese Interpreter and Secretary Lakka, sent from the Governor of Hoksieu, with permittance from the Commander of the Fort Min∣jazen, to the Fleet to fetch the Vice-Admiral Iohn van Campen and Constantine Nobel, with their Goods and Retinue, and conduct them up to Hoksieu, and from thence by Land to travel to Sinksieu to the Vice-Roy Singlamong, and General Lipovy.

Van Campen and Noble making themselves ready for their Journey, went at∣tended each with six Men, besides a Trumpet, Interpreter, and two Soldiers, in all eighteen Persons: the Commands and Orders which they were to ob∣serve, and were deliver'd them by the Admiral Bort, were verbatim as fol∣loweth:

THe Reasons and Occasions are known, which have forc'd and mov'd* 7.1 Us and the Councel to send you to the chief Governors of the Terri∣tory of Fokien, wherein Hoksieu is the Metropolis, and the usual Place of their Residence and Court, though at present they are not there, but lie Encam∣ped with their Army near the City Zansifoe, about nine or ten days Jour∣ney Post from Hoksieu. I say to you both, because Constantine Noble hath Order from the Lord-General and Indian Councel, to Negotiate and Con∣clude that Affair with those great Officers, according to their Excellencies Order, and the Letters to the same Governors, viz. the Vice-Roy Singlamong, and General Taysing Lipovy: the Copies of which you having between you, must serve for your full Directions, without needing any rehearsal to be made of them; so that We onely to obtain their Excellencies favor, entreat you to obey and observe these following Orders.

I. After you have taken leave of Us you shall go to Hoksieu, and at your arrival there, obtain Licence to repair to the Governor Haitingkong, and prof∣fer him great Presents, and inform him that you are ready to travel to the Vice-Roy Singlamong and Taysing Lipovy, with Letters to him from the Lord-General and Councel of Batavia, with a Request, that he would help you by a quck dispatch to go thither. In the Letter which he lately Writ to Us he he hath promised to provide all things fit for the Journey: whereupon We have Answer'd according to the Copy which you have, containing chiefly Our taken Resolution of the Domburghs staying here with the Presents to the fore-mention'd chief Governors; Our setting Sail with the other seven Ships about the North, to infest and gawl the Enemy, and Intentions to be here against your Return; and amongst other things, a quick Dispatch for your Journey: so that I hope you will find all things there in a readiness.

II. When you have left Hoksieu, and come to Zansifoe, Commanded by the Lord Santing Houbethetok, who seems to favor Our Designs, you shall deli∣ver Our Letter to Him, and also these Presents, because with the Return of the Interpreter Iohn Melman (who hath already been with the said chief Go∣vernors,) he Writ to Us, and thereby express'd his good Inclinations to∣wards Us.

The chiefest, nay the sole occasion of your Journey, is to deliver the Letters of their Excellencies before-mention'd to the Vice-Roy Singlamong, and General Taysong Lipovy; and if they are so inclin'd, to Treat and Con∣clude with them all those Affairs which they desire of them in their Letters, and authoris'd us to Agree on, consisting chiefly in these Points.

First, to make an inviolable League with them, for the best and most ad∣vantage of the Hollander, and destruction of theirs and our Enemies, being the Pyrate Coxinga and his Adherents.

Secondly, to obtain a free and unmolested Trade through the whole Em∣pire of China.

To which two chief Points are joyn'd some others which our Masters have commanded us, viz. to permit us to chuse some convenient Place for Factory, where there is a good Harbor for the securing of our Ships, and fit to fortifie against Coxinga's assaults, and to that end keep a small Garrison of Soldiers there.

To promise to procure a Grant from the Great Emperor of China for that which they shall Conclude with you about.

That if they joyn with us against Coxinga, we will follow their Advice and Resolution: Nay, if they are inclin'd to drive Coxinga from Formosa, we will assist them, and carry part of their Forces in our Ships thither.

Yet nevertheless, that we at present will use our Ships to seize and con∣quer Coxinga's Jonks, which Sail to and from Iapan, and likewise to hinder his Fishing behind the Mountain Tankoia on the South-side of Formosa, which begins every year with eighty or a hundred Jonks in the latter end of No∣vember, and ends about the middle of Ianuary. But these Articles are strictly to be insisted upon, as of most concern for the destroying and disabling of the Enemy.

After delivery of your Letters you must wait for their Answers. If they should ask you if you have ought else to request of them that is not menti∣on'd in the Letters, then tell them, That if they grant those, there is no other Business of any consequence to Treat about. But if you observe them not to be willing to consent to the chiefest Articles, you must ask them im∣mediately what they resolve to grant us. Then accept of all things which redound to our Profit, and by all means extoll our Strength, and what we are able to perform by force of Arms, and the faithful Service which we shall be ready to do them when time requires, in assisting them with all things, whereby they may see our fidelity: nay, lend them our Ships and Men against the Enemy Coxinga, and all other Enemies of the Empire; for recom∣pence of all which they desire nought else but a free Trade. If they should speak of Custom and other Taxes, desire them to tell you what they amount to, if reasonable, consent to it; for our People ought not to pay either more or less than their own Natives, which you are to take notice of. We are afraid, that at present they will not permit us to Traffick, nor Conclude on any thing concerning it, but deny the Request, and onely speak and debate about the business of War. If so, and observing that to press it on any long∣er, or more, all other Business might be neglected, we judge it convenient to take no Cognizance of it at this time; yet if any hopes be, to procure leave for the Sale of those few Merchandise laden in some of the Ships: what they are we desire you to see in the general Inventory of all the Goods. It may be that they will direct you to the Court at Peking, there to obtain

the liberty of free Trade from the Emperor, and also to advise us to send another Embassy from Batavia, which you may assure them shall be done the next year. Yet nevertheless, if you cannot attain to our Desires, leave off further Suit, that so we may avoid such vast Expence and Charge: but if they be inclin'd to send to Batavia, you may seem to be very well pleas'd at it, and promise to Transport them thither in our Ships, except they will send one or two of their Jonks, which would be the better for us. Concern∣ing the possessing and fortifying of a peculiar Place, you may also desist from▪ if you see them not to favor the Request, but to be satisfi'd that our Ships may lie in the Haven of Hoksieu, and there drive a Trade, provided they can be assur'd to lie safe, and without danger there. When you come to Agree with them concerning the War with Coxinga and his Party with our joynt Forces, take care that they oblige themselves thereto by Writing, and with us declare themselves Enemies to the same Coxinga and his Adhe∣rents, and that they shall not without our knowledge, much less to our preju∣dice, agree with the Enemy, which we will do also on our part. Moreover, make a strict enquiry, whether or no they have not already Treated, and are inclin'd to be reconcil'd to him, if he should submit himself to the Em∣peror; this may be suspected, because they say Coxinga is dead, and his Son in Ayanny not concern'd at it: Which if you observe, let them by no means detain you, but hasten your self from thence and come to us; for the Vice-Admiral ought on all occasions to be in the Fleet, because his Presence is continually requir'd there: wherefore if he can come away before, let Nobel tarry there so long till he thinks he can effect no more by staying. If they desire us, with them, to agree with the Enemy, you may easily under∣stand on what Articles, and with what advantage and satisfaction it may be done, though you conclude noton any thing.

If you can find out any means for the delivery of our Prisoners in Eymuy,* 7.2 let nothing be wanting to procure their liberty, because the General and Council in Batavia have highly recommended their Release to us; but that we should do nothing without acquainting them with it, and their consent. The Hostage with his Retinue shall be kept so long in the Domburgh, till perhaps by the advice of his Friends he may do something that may be requisite for that Business, because he also longs for his Liberty. The Vice-Roy Singlamong and General Taysong Lipovy have every one sent us a Letter by the Interpreter Melman; we now therefore send an Answer to every one of them, to the same effect and purpose as theirs were, with some small Presents, as appears by the Copies which you have, to which I refer my self, desiring you to deliver them at a convenient time, either with their Excellencies Letters, or afterwards. The Presents which belong to them, and are signi∣fi'd in their Excellencies Letters, I have caus'd to be taken out of the Naerden, and put into the Domburgh: By the same Copies you may see how they are Pack'd, and wherein they consist, which at all times shall be ready upon your Order, whose Acceptation you must in a manner press, although hither∣to they have not been willing to receive. Of the Merchandise which are onely aboard the Domburgh, I also give you Patterns, if they should chance to fancy any of them; and likewise of the Goods sent along with you, that thereby you may see what Presents to give to one or other, as you shall think fit.

Lastly, I desire you to promote and advance His Excellency's and Councels

Desires, which at present so highly concerns the Publick, with all care and diligence imaginable; and think, that if all things fall out successfully, you will get no small honor and advancement by it, which God grant, into whose Protection I commit you.

Aboard the Naerden Frigat, lying with the Fleet before the River of Hoksieu, the 19th of Septemb. 1662.

Balthasar Bort.

The next day after, having Shipp'd all their Necessaries for the Journey, and put the Presents into the Jonks, they took their leave of the Fleet, and Sail'd South and by West up the River of Hoksieu. Presently after Noon they pass'd by a Town call'd Quanto, lying on the North-west Shore, about a Mus∣quet-shot up in the Countrey.

This Quanto is Wall'd, being about half an hours Walk in circumference, fortifi'd with Bulwarks and Watch-Towers, and strengthned with a great Garrison. Here, as in most Towns in China, are several Parades, for the Meet∣ing and Exercising of Foot and Horse, and to Train them up in all sorts of Martial Discipline. There are also Exchanges, or Burses for the Sale of Mer∣chandise, besides Markets where the Countrey People bring their Fruits and Provisions to sell.

A little farther the Agents pass'd by a populous Village call'd Sanwan, near the Shore.

The Inhabitants of Sanwan are ingenious Artificers, viz. Weavers, Smiths, Coopers, and other Labouring Trades, who live in peculiar Places of the Vil∣lage apart one from another, and every Precinct under a particular Governor, who gives an account of all Differences and Misdemeanors to the chief Ma∣gistrate.

All the Villages through which they pass'd in the Territory of Fokien are wild, and have daily Markets of Herbs, Fish, and Oysters.

After they pass'd on Southerly with their Retinue to the River which flows East and by South into the Sea, and hath a small Island in its Mouth, with a Sandy Shelf in the Channel, where they found on the North-west Shore the Village Sayon, and came after a little Sailing to the strong Fort Benantien, or Minjazen, which is fortifi'd with Towers, Walls, Bulwarks, and a broad Mole: it lieth three Leagues from Hoksieu, hath the bigness of a small Town, with several Streets and fair Houses, set forth with divers Tradesmens Shops, and in the middle a very large open Court, where on one side stands the Go∣vernors House, and on the other a Pagode.

Here Van Campen and Nobel went ashore with their whole Retinue, to Com∣plement the Governor, and were receiv'd into the Fort by three Mandarins with the usual Ceremonies, who conducted them into a great Temple; but they could not speak with him by reason of his indisposition. After they had pre∣sented them Bean-broth mix'd with Milk (which is accounted the greatest honor they can shew to any Person) they return'd with their Train into the Jonks, and after many Complements took their Leave. Being got about half a League high, there appear'd a most delightful and pleasant Place on the South-east side, call'd Plethoeu, or Pethou; and opposite to it on the North∣west Shore, a large Pagode, nam'd Possang, by them held for one of their Wonders.

On the other side of the River appears a spacious Area, built about with fair Edifices, and planted with Gardens, and Banquetting-houses in them. About four a Clock in the Evening they came to the South-east side, near a Stone-Bridge, built over the Water on Pillars and Arches, and cover'd close on the top with long and thick Planks, from Arch to Arch on each side thereof are Rails of blue Stone, here and there adorn'd with Dragons and Lions, Hew'n and Carv'd out. Over this Bridge four Horsemen may conveniently ride abrest.

The twentieth, being Wednesday, they went in two Pallakins, or Horse-Litters,* 7.3 carry'd by four Horses, over the Bridge to the City Hoksieu, there to Comple∣ment the Vice-Roy Singlamong's Wifes Mother, and to present her with an Am∣ber Necklace, and to speak with the Governor: Being pass'd over the Bridge, they found the High-ways built, the Streets pav'd, and crowded with thousands of People all along the City to the Palace, insomuch that they were scarce able to pass for the Throng.

The Vice-Roys Palace, in which at that time his Wifes Mother resided, was* 7.4 a handsom Edifice, surrounded with Walls of Free-stone, with great Portals and fair Gates, and guarded with Horse and Foot. At their entring they were courteously receiv'd by the Vice-Roy's Mother-in-law, who conducting them into a Hall furnish'd with Pictures and Stools, desir'd them to sit down. When seated, they were entertain'd each of them with a Cup full of Bean-broth, and afterwards they were all plac'd before a little Table, to eat both boyl'd and roasted Meats, serv'd up in Plate of Massy Gold. The Vice-Roys Brother (for he was also there) discoursed with them about several affairs, and amongst other things, ask'd of them if they had as great and well built Towns in Hol∣land as they had in China? and if they had Horses, Cows, and Sheep there? to which they answer'd, that they had: Then he inquir'd how long they were coming from Holland to China? they reply'd, Six or seven Moneths. Then the Vice-Roy's Mother, who had many Women waiting upon her, came to them, saying, That she intended to have eat and drank with them, but her indisposition had hindred her; but would Write in their behalf to her Son the Vice-Roy, and at their return sit at Table with them: for you are (said she) in a strange Countrey full of People, and therefore had need be careful to Travel circumspectly, that you may meet with no inconveni∣ence: Nay, she admir'd that they durst venture themselves where they knew no Place, nor any Person. Van Campen being ask'd what Place he bore, and how qua∣lifi'd, answer'd, He was Vice-Admiral of the Fleet: whereupon she reply'd, Then your Princes and Lords must needs wear rich Apparel, and go bravely, being much taken with the Velvet Jump he had on. This pass'd, Van Campen and Nobel civilly taking their Leave of the Lady, parted from her, and went to the City Governor's House, Guarded both with Foot and Horse; by which pas∣sing, and being entred, they soon return'd, upon a Servant's saying that his Lord was troubled with an Ague, and lay at rest in his Chamber, so that at present there was no opportunity to speak with him, wherefore he desir'd they would please to come again the next Morning: whereupon they were carry'd in Pallakins out of the City, the Streets being so crowded with Men, Women, and Children quite to the Bridge, where their Jonks lay, that they were scarce able to make their way through.

The one and twentieth, being Thursday, they were Visited in their Jonks by* 7.5 the Governor of the Fort Engely, and several Grand Mandarins, who giving them a courteous welcome, Drank to each of them in Bean-broth. The Governor invited them to Dinner; which they not daring to refuse, Rode with him to

[illustration]

his House; where after a noble Treat he presented Van Campen with a cu∣rious Tent to use in his Journey, which folded, was but one Man's work to carry and pitch. When they had all Feasted very plentifully, the Governor led them over a Bridge towards the West-side of the Island whereon the Fort stood: near which lay a great Village, and well peopled. Here, being conduct∣ed by the Governor, they saw several great Temples hung round with burning Lamps, and adorn'd with Altars and Images; into which entring upon curi∣osity, the Priests presented them Tea, or Thee, and other Sweet-meats with more than ordinary respect. After a little stay they were brought into a de∣lightful Place, where with a Bowe and Arrow they shot at a Mark: and from thence as they pass'd towards their Vessels, they went to the House of Han∣lavia, Governor of the Fort Minjazen, where they were again Treated. In the Evening they came to their Jonks, to take their repose as they had done the Night before.

The two and twentieth in the Morning going again to Hanlavia, they pre∣sented him with some red Cloth, thereby to obtain his favor and assistance in their speedy dispatch to the Vice-Roy Singlamong. From thence they Rode to the City Governor's House, that he might furnish them with People for their Journey: where coming, they found him somewhat indispos'd; yet never∣theless they had Audience in the same Place where he generally sits with the chiefest of the Countrey, consulting about publick affairs. Upon their asking if he would be assisting to them in their Journey to the Vice-Roy Singlamong and Taysing Lipovy, he answer'd, That he would be ready to do all things that lay in his power, saying he had Writ in their behalf to the Emperor at the Court at Peking, and to the Vice-Roy Singlamong in Sinksieu, and provided two Mandarins with ninety Men to Travel thither with them. Being ask'd if he thought it convenient for the Admiral to put to Sea with eleven Sail, to Cruise up and down to the Northward, if there he could, to annoy Coxinga and his Party, and leave one Frigat, in which the Presents were, in the River Hoksieu: he reply'd, That he durst not advise about it, but their Admiral in that case might do what he thought fit; yet as he suppos'd, it were better that the Ships stay'd there till the Vice-Roy's coming home, that there might be a better un∣derstanding: However, you may go (said he) to the Governor of Minjazen, Hanlavia, and he will be better able to inform you in these punctillio's what to do. Hereupon they leaving Hoksieu, went about Noon to Hanlavia, by whom they were invited to Dinner; when taking opportunity to ask the same Que∣stion, they receiv'd the like Answer, viz. That the Admiral might do what he thought fittest: all which Van Campen and Nobel writ to the Admiral Bort, with their Opinions. A little after Dinner they went with their Retinue into their Jonks, to proceed in their Journey to Sinksieu, and came about three a a Clock after Noon to the Fort Aulavia, or Lavyt, near a Ferry, where on the the Shore they were courteously receiv'd by the Governor, and entertain'd with the customary honor of Bean-broth.

The Fort Aulavia, surrounded with high Walls, hath a strong Garrison both* 7.6 of Foot and Horse, and stor'd with all sorts of Ammunition and Provisions. Here whoever pass over, they pay Custom for all those Goods and Commodi∣ties that are after sold and dispers'd through the Countrey.

Several Troops of Horse are daily sent out of this Fort, to keep the Ways clear from Thieves, which have their lurking-places in the neighboring Mountains.

After some stay here they set Sail again, and in the Evening came to the* 7.7 Village Lanpon, where they stay'd all Night. This Lanpon is a Place of good Repute, being inhabited by many rich Chineses, which drive a Trade through all the Countrey; and also much frequented by the neighboring People, be∣cause of a Temple wherein they worship an Idol, said to give good and com∣fortable advice in great misfortunes or adversities, and therefore visited daily both by rich and poor, that in their Troubles they may receive some consola∣tion from him.

The twenty third, being Saturday, at nine a Clock they leaving Lanpon, went by Land in Palakins along a Cawsey pav'd with blue and gray Free-stone. This day they travell'd through abundance of Rice-Fields, and Plains full of Fruit-trees, and all manner of eatable Plants, scatter'd with many populous Villages, and moistned by murmuring Streams, that flowing out of the Moun∣tains made it a most delightful Prospect. They also saw several antient Mo∣numents, all Sculpt out with Imagery resembling Men, Horses, Lions, and Dragons; over which stately Arches rais'd high, like our, Triumphal with Inscriptions in Chinese Characters of Gold, being antient Epitaphs in honor of the Deceased. About Noon they came to two great Forts, and about six a Clock in the Evening into the City Hokzwa; which entring, they were receiv'd by the chiefest of the Town, and carry'd into a great House, provided for the most eminent Persons of the Countrey in their Journeys.

Here they had sent them for Presents three Pigs, twenty Hens, and four Geese; which they requited by returning some small Trifles. In the Night, by Order of the Magistrates of the Town, a Guard was set about their Lodgings, that they might suffer no injury by the Common People.

The twenty ninth, being Sunday, though they prepared for their Journey, yet they could not set forward for want of Convoy, because a strong Party of three hundred Horse was sent by the Vice-Roy's Mother, with Money and other Goods to the Army at Sinksieu, to her Son Singlamong, for the paying of the Souldiers, so that being forc'd to stay in Hokzwa all that day, they were visited by many great and eminent Mandarins of the City, and presented with Oranges, Pears, Chesnuts, Coco-Nuts, besides several other Fruits, two Pigs, five Geese, and ten Hens, in requital for Money and Goods worth full as much. The People seem'd to be very obliging, when they heard that the Hollanders lay with a Fleet on the Coast of China to joyn with them against the Islanders of Quemuy, and the rest of Coxinga's Party. In the afternoon they view'd the Town.

This City Hokzwa, lying in a pleasant Place, encompassed with many de∣lightful* 7.8 Gardens, contains several Markets and great Plains, and appears beau∣tiful with divers Triumphal Arches, and stately antient Buildings, rang'd close together with Party-walls, not being usual in China. It hath thick and strong Walls, or rather Bulwarks, continually Guarded by many Horse and Foot. About an hours walking from thence are many pleasant Groves, with Arbors, and other like Receptions for such as Walk to refresh themselves in, where they call for all sorts of Fruit whatever they have a mind to, so making themselves merry.

The twenty fifth, being Monday, they began their Journey anew about day∣break, with a Convoy of fifty Tartars; and passing by several strong Holds, and through many Villages, they came to two Rocks, which so straiten the Passage, that two Carts or Wagons can scarce go between: at each Entrance stands a

Block-house, so that none can pass without leave. Upon the top of these Rocks, where there is no kind of Mould to be seen, grow many Cypress and Ash-Trees. About Noon passing by another Hold, the Governor invited them to Dinner, which they modestly refus'd by their Interpreter; yet their Reti∣nue had as much strong Chinese Beer given them as they pleas'd to drink. Then proceeding on, in the Evening they pass'd through a Wall'd City, and well Garrison'd; and a little Southward from the City they took their repose in a Pagode, where several of the chief Citizens visiting, for welcom present∣ed them with several Provisions, such as the Countrey afforded: in return whereof they gave them some Spanish Ryals, and four Pieces of course white Linnen: Besides, their Followers were entertain'd with two great Pots of strong Chinese Beer, a Drink very pleasing to their Palats.

The twenty sixth about Sun-rising, being ready for their Journey, they had such a concourse of Men, Women, and Children, which came to see them from all places, that they were scarce able to pass along the Streets, for the Palakin, or Sedan, in which the Vice-Admiral Van Campen was carry'd, was often stopt and held by the People to see his Face and speak with him: but because he could not answer them, and his Interpreter not being able to come to him through the Crowd, they let him pass. This Day they went by and through more Forts and Villages, and in the Evening came to the City Hokexcho, where they stay'd all Night, being Entertain'd by the eminentest of the Town, and visited by many antient Merchants, which stay'd with them so late, that they took but little rest.

The City of Hokexcho lies but a days Journey from Hokzwa: whose Inhabi∣tants maintain themselves for the most part by Husbandry, (for there are few Merchants) being a kind and hospitable People: for Hok signifies Good, and Zwa, Bad.

Between Hokzwa and Hokexcho lies a Village, in which they make great quan∣tities of Porcelin.

The twenty seventh before Sun-rising they betook themselves to their Jour∣ney, accompany'd with several Troops of Horse and Foot; and pass'd most by and through several great strong Towns and Villages. About three a Clock in the Afternoon they Rode through a great Town, and in the Evening arriv'd at a strong Castle, where they were courteously receiv'd by the Governor, and first entertain'd with Bean-broth, afterwards caress'd both with Meat and Drink; which kindness they requited with other Presents.

The twenty eighth they proceeded again on their Journey very early, and in the Afternoon, about three a Clock, arriv'd at another City, where they were welcom'd and presented by the Magistrates with Provision, and receiv'd again in a bartering Return, as others had before: after which they drank Spanish Wine and Brandy with the Agents, shewing a great liking thereunto, having never tasted such Liquor; so that it was mid-night before they went away.

The twenty ninth, being Friday, they set forward again with the Dawn af∣ter Day-break, beholding very many large and sumptuous Tombs, and stately antient Buildings, besides several Triumphal Arches, adorn'd with Horse∣men, Tygers, Bears, Lyons, and Dragons, hew'n out of Free-stone, and the Arches beautifi'd with Golden Characters: Then they pass'd a long Bridge over the great River Loyang, consisting of divers Stone Arches, Pav'd with Free-stones of an incredible size, some of which being about seventy Foot long,

three and a half broad, and half a Foot thick, on each side Rail'd in, and ac∣commodated with Benches of blue Stone, with the Honors of the Empire, as Lyons, Dragons, and the like, on several Pedestals.

The Chineses report this Bridge to have been built in one Night by the An∣gels, and look upon it as a great Wonder.

At the Bridge-foot stood an old House, and in it several Figures of Men gilded with Gold. In the same House also was a great blue Stone, inscrib'd with the antiquity of this wondrous Bridge.

The middle Arch of this Bridge had lately been broke down, to hinder the Enemy's Passage, about which they were then busie in mending, laying great Beams of Timber over the Gap.

A little before Noon they came to the City Zwansifoe, where at the Gates they were kindly welcom'd by three Mandarins (sent thither to meet them by Santing Houbethetok, Admiral of the Sea, and Governor of the Place,) and con∣ducted into a great Pagode, where they were civilly entertain'd with a Draught of honorable Bean-broth: after having stay'd a little while, they entred the City in company with the same Mandarins, who carry'd them into a fair House, whither many of the eminentest Citizens out of curiosity came to visit them.

The Letter from the Admiral Bort to Santing Houbethetok, with the Presents, being a pair of Snaphance Pistols with Holsters, four Yards of Scarlet, and four Pieces of fine Linnen, were by the Agents two Interpreters Bedel and Lakka, sent to him: but he told them, That he durst not receive any Letters or Pre∣sents before they came back again from Sinksieu, and had spoke with the Vice-Roy and General Lipovy: but he intended to have visited them, had not his present indisposition hindred him.

But Houbethetok caus'd his Servants to carry them Oranges, Nuts, Chesnuts, besides some Porkers, Hens, and Geese; for which they return'd the Servants good Spanish Coyn.

The next day, being the thirtieth, they with their Retinue went to see the City, whilst the Convoy made all things ready for their farther Journey.

Zwansifoe is a Place of great Trade, full of Shops and Merchandise, adorn'd* 7.9 with several Triumphal Arches made of blue Stone, whereon Men, Women, Horses, Dragons, Tygers, Lyons, Bears, Apes, were all presented in Graven Work, to the Life, in their various Colours, and on the top the Names of those in honor of whom they were erected. It hath also three high Steeples, with Galleries about them; besides many inferior Temples.

The Wall about the City being twenty seven Foot high, and of equal thick∣ness, is fortifi'd with many Bulwarks, Moats, and Breast-works: upon the top of it always lie heaps of Stones and Timber, for defence against sudden Storms or Assaults.

This City hath three Gates with winding Entrances, rais'd of great blue Stones, and was never Conquer'd by the Tartars, but deliver'd up by Collonel Houbethetok, conditionally, That he should still possess the Place of Governor: and likewise because of this free Surrender, the old Magistrates kept their seve∣ral Offices, and the City their antient Priviledges and Liberties: yet as a sign of Conquest, the Tartars caus'd all the Steeples to be pull'd down, except the three before-mention'd. Coxinga once laid Siege to it, but was forc'd to leave it, and depart with the loss of many Men.

In the Morning about nine a Clock they proceeded on their Journey,* 7.10 and at Noon travel'd by the ruin'd City Engeling, and all the day long past

thorow, and in sight of divers strong Castles built of Stone, and many Villages.

About the Evening, they came to two great Forts, call'd Twaia, distant from* 7.11 each other a quarter of an Hours walking, whose Walls built of Free-Stone, were twenty five Foot high, and twenty eight thick.

The first of October, in the Morning, the Agents leaving these Forts, came about three a Clock with their Retinue, which consisted of above a hundred Persons, Hollanders, Chineses, and Tartars, to the City Tanwa; surrounded with a Stone-Wall, and Fortifi'd with high Bulwarks and deep Trenches.

Tanwa is accounted one of the most delightful and populous Cities of all Chi∣na;* 7.12 seated in a rich Valley, abounding with plenty of all things, so that ma∣ny Merchants resorting thither, take up their Residence, to enjoy the benefit and pleasure of the adjacent Countrey.

Without the City are many stately Monuments, where the Towns men make daily Offerings to the Souls of their deceas'd Parents.

Three grand Mandarins well Mounted, and follow'd by a great Train of Servants, bidding the Agents welcome, carry'd them into a stately Inn, to which they ascended by seven Marble Steps; in it were many Chambers, all the floors neatly Pav'd, and furnish'd with Chairs and Stools, Benches, and costly Bedsteds, to accommodate Persons of Quality when they travel'd; with Stable-rooms for an hundred Horse, and Lodgings for twelve hundred Men: Here the Agents choosing one of the most convenient Chambers, took their re∣pose that Night.

The second being Munday, about nine a Clock, the Agents with all their Attendance left Tanwa, and passing a large Stone Bridge, saw several Ruin'd Towns and Villages, besides others yet in their Splendor, but commanded by Garrisons.

A little before Sun-set, they came to a Fort on the top of a Hill, which whilst they ascended, they were met and courteously welcom'd by the Go∣vernor; from whom they understood, that the Islanders of Eymuy and Que∣muy were upon a Treaty of Peace with the Tartars, but he fear'd, that it would come to nothing: This Night they Lodg'd in the Castle, where they had good Entertainment for their Money.

The third, being Tuesday, the Agents set forward about three a Clock in the Morning, and travel'd by and through many Villages, coming at last to a Stone Bridge, at each side Guarded with a Fort.

In the afternoon, the Agents pass'd by several Pagodes, where the Chinesy Priests seem'd to shew them great Respect, Presenting them with Sweet-Meats and Tee: After some stay, proceeding on their Journey, came at last in sight of Sinksieu, whither they were sent, not far from whence, they were met by* 7.13 three Mandarins with their Attendants, sent from the Vice-Roy Singlamong, and the General Lipovi, to Complement and welcom them.

After the Ceremonies were past on both sides, the Agents were by the Man∣darins* 7.14 carry'd to a great Pagode, from whence after a short Treat, they were con∣ducted through the City into a spacious Court, the usual place of Reception for their travelling Grandees. This House was of so large Reception, that it not only afforded Stable room for above a thousand Horse, but also Lodgings for as many Men; having divers large and handsom Chambers, furnish'd with stately Bedsteds, Stools and Benches. Here the Agents took their repose, seve∣ral Soldiers being sent to Guard the House, from the overpressing intrusions of

the common People, which by thousands out of curiosity came thither to see and gaze upon the Hollanders.

The Agents immediately gave notice of their arrival by their Interpretors,* 7.15 Pedel and Lakka, to the Vice-Roy Singlamong, and General Taysing Lipovi, with request to grant them Audience, and suffer them to speak with him, that they might deliver the General of Batavia's Letters, that so time might not be lost in imploying so stout a Fleet, as lay at present in his own River. Whereupon, the Vice-Roy and General reply'd, That they were come a great and long Voyage by Sea and Land, and were weary with travelling, thefore they should stay till the next day, on which they should have Audience.

Mean while, several Mandarins came to Congratulate their welcome, bring∣ing with them divers sorts of Fruit, as Oranges, Nuts, Chestnuts, and Pears; besides Hens, Geese, and two Swine, for which they return'd them Thanks, and gave their Servants Money.

The fourth in the Morning, the Agents made themselves ready to deliver* 7.16 the small Presents and Letters from Batavia, to the Vice-Roy and General in the Camp. About eight a Clock, twelve Horses were brought to their Lodg∣ing, which they and their Attendance Mounted, and with two Mandarins Rode thorow a great part of the City Sinksieu, by many fair and large Tri∣umphal Arches. A little Southward from the City ran a River, which ha∣ving cross'd, they came into the Army, which lay about a Mile and a half distant, consisting of sixty thousand Horse and Foot; five grand Mandarins attended by a File of Musqueteers, conducted the Agents with great ho∣nor to the Secretaries Tent, who hearing of their coming, immediately carry'd them to a great Pavilion, where the Vice-Roy Singlamong sate in Council with the General Taysing Lipovi, besides two other great Lords, the one being Santing Hou Bethetok, and the other Haitankon, Governor of Sinksieu.

The Floors of this Royal Pavilion were Matted; had three publick Gates or Entrances close by one another; thorow the middle most and greatest the Vice-Roy passes only, and his Attendants thorow the other two. Coming close to the Vice-Roy and General, the Agents were order'd to sit down and deliver their Letters, which they did with great Ceremony; the Presents also were presented and deliver'd to the Lords; all which were receiv'd very courte∣ously, but they would not accept their Presents, before they had a Warrant for so doing, by an answer from the Emperor at Peking. But they kindly ac∣cepted of the small Presents which the Admiral Bort had sent them; being twelve Pound and two Ounces of Amber-Beads, strung on a Thred, to the number of twenty five; one Amber Hour-Glass, and an Amber Cup.

The Presents from the Lord General and Council of Batavia, sent to the* 7.17 Vice-Roy, were these following:

• One Piece of
  • Scarlet
  • Green Cloth.
  • Blue Cloth.
  • One half Piece of Red Cloth.
• One Piece of
  • Red Crown Serge.
  • Grass Green Crown Serge.
  • Blue Crown Serge.
  • Musk Colour Crown Serge.
  • Black Crown Serge.
• ...

• One Musquet, Gilt and Polish'd.
• One Fire-Lock, Gilt and Glaz'd.
• One pair of Polish'd Pistols, Gilt, with Holsters.
• One pair of Pocket Pistols.
• One Sword with a Golden Hilt.
• Twenty Ounces of Blood Coral, upon one String, in an hundred and ten pieces.
• Sixteen Ounces of Blood Coral, in one Polish'd Branch.
• One Pound and four Ounces of Am∣ber Beads, in fifty five pieces.
• One great Bengael a 7.18 Alkatiff.
• Ten pieces of fine white Linnen.
• One Pikol of the best Cloves.
• One Case of Rose-Water.
• Two hundred and sixty Katty of San∣dal-wood, in three pieces.

The Vice-Roy and General falling in Discourse with the Agents, ask'd how long they had been from Batavia? Whereupon they answer'd, about seventy days: Then they ask'd, in what time they could come from Holland to China? Answer was made, in about eight Months; at which they marvel'd exceed∣ingly, and likewise at their answer to the question, If there were any Horses, Cows, Hogs, Sheep, Fruit, and Herbage? and they reply'd, By thousands, and more than in China. Next they enquir'd, Why they came with such a Fleet on their Coast? Whereto the Agents said, To serve the mighty Emperor of China, and to prosecute that great Pyrate Coxinga, to do him all the damage they could, both by Sea and Land; because, said they, He without ever giving any no∣tice or reasons thereof, came with an Army, in a Warlike Fleet, the last Year in April, and set upon the Netherlanders in the Islands of Formosa and Tayowan, and in nine Months time, not only made himself Master of the Countrey, but also took the Castle Zelandia from them into his own possessi∣on; therefore we seek to unite with the Emperor of China his Forces, and make a League with him, to Engage Coxinga, both by Sea and Land, till we have Conquer'd and brought him under the subjection of his Imperial Ma∣jesty: Whereupon the Vice-Roy and General Reply'd, The Islanders of Que∣muy, and Eymuy have already Treated on Peace, and made ready their Ambas∣sadors to come to the Court of Peking, to obtain the Emperor's Ratification. Being ask'd upon what Articles, they began to smile, and answer'd, they could not tell.

Then the Hollanders enquir'd, if they knew where their Prisoners were? and if there was no likelihood to get them releas'd? They reply'd, they were in Quemuy, and that they would use their best endeavors in a short time to send them to their Ships. Then the Ambassadors propos'd, if they might not take possession of some place on the Main Continent of China, or on some Island, for the Harboring their Ships? They answer'd, you are free to choose any good place, either on the Main, or any Island where you please, and to take possession of it; and likewise to put into all Havens, Bays, and Rivers on the Coast of China, to take in Water and Firing, buy Provisions, and in bad Wea∣ther seek for a safe Harbor. To which purpose We will Command Our Sub∣in all Havens, Bays, and Rivers, to aid and assist you, which We doubt not but they will perform.

The Agents asking them to Grant them leave for the disposing those few Merchandize for Money, which were loaden in their Ships, to pay and refresh their Men with. The Vice-Roy and General answer'd, That they had no

Power, but they must have Order from the Emperor at Peking; but had they moved it before, they might perhaps have had Authority to Grant.

After these Discourses ended, every one according to the fashion of the Countrey, was placed by himself at a Table; viz. the Vice-Roy Singlamong, the General Taysang Lipovi, the Admiral Santing Houbethetok, the Governor of Zwam∣sifoe, the Vice-Admiral Van Campen, Constantine Nobel, and Bodel the Assistant, beside several Mandarins. Their Meat was all brought and set upon the Ta∣bles in Golden Chargers; and their Drink fill'd out in Cups of Gold, rare∣ly Imboss'd; so that their Entertainment was very splendid. After Din∣ner, the Vice-Roy carry'd them through his whole Army, and shew'd them his Forces, making some of his Soldiers to be Exercis'd before them. Towards the Evening, the Agents taking their leave, returning humble thanks for the Honor they had receiv'd, they Mounted their Horses, and Rode towards their Lodgings, where the remainder of the Feast and Banquets which they had left at Dinner was brought after them; and according to the manner of the Countrey, they were visited and Complemented by divers Persons of Quality.

The fifth being Thursday, the Agents prepar'd themselves to deliver their* 7.19 Excellencies Letters from Batavia, to the General Taysang Lipovi, with the Let∣ter, and small Presents sent to the same Lord, from Admiral Bort; viz. One Pound and four Ounces of Amber; one String of fifty five Corals; one Am∣ber Hour-Glass; with a tender of the other Presents sent from Batavia, which were yet on board.

About eight a Clock, the Tartars brought eight Horses to the Agents Quar∣ters, with which, they Rode with their Attendants into the Field, about a Ca∣non shot from the Vice-Roy, to the General Lipovi.

Coming into his Presence, the Agents made their Obeisance, delivering the Letter, and were commanded to sit down; with the Letter they also proffer'd him the Presents, which were for the same reasons as the Vice-Roy Singlamong gave, refus'd. The Contents of the Letter were thus.

John Maetzuiker Governor, and the Council for the Netherland States in the Countrey of India, send this Letter with our kind Salutation, to Taisang Lipovi General, and Deputy Governor of the Territory Fokien, for the Great Emperor of Tartary and China.

SO soon as Our Governor of Tayowan, had receiv'd Your Highness's Letter, and understood that You would in a short time March with a great Ar∣my against Coxinga, that all means possible might be us'd thereto; so by Our Order, he prepar'd five Men of War, which he sent to the Bay of Ingeling, to Engage with the foremention'd Coxinga; but the Ships were by unexpected bad Weather stopt in their Voyage; after which We also had the Misfor∣tune, that Coxinga after a ten Months Siege took Our Castle of Tayowan; but had the Commander of it been a Valiant Soldier, (who is to be sufficiently punish'd for his Cowardise) it could not possibly have fal'n into his Pos∣session.

All these Accidents and Misfortunes have occasion'd, that We have not been in a condition to serve you, and satisfie Singlamong and Your Highness's Desires: Therefore We entreat You not to take it ill, nor think that We have been wanting in Our Endeavors; for We heartily Declare, joyntly

with the Emperor of China, to seek and use all means to Ruin Coxinga and his Party; with this Proviso, that We may put into all Harbors, and drive an unmolested Trade; and also to take a place in possession on the Continent of China, without which We should not be able to do Coxinga the intended Da∣mage: So that We desire Your Highness to be assisting to us in this Business, and We promise if that may be perform'd, to clear the Chinesy Seas from that Pirate.

And to shew that We on Our part, really intend what We Propose; We have at present sent to the Bay of Hoksieu twelve Men of War, and a con∣siderable number of Soldiers, furnish'd out with all things fit for the Service, in whose sight, We believe Coxinga will not dare to venture forth to Sea. The Admiral Balthazar Bort, whom We have made Chief Commander of them, hath Order to joyn with Your Highness's Forces, and prosecute all such Adventures as shall happen; to which, God grant a good and happy Event.

To Salute the Lord Singlamong, and Your Highness, in Our behalfs, and to speak with You about several Affairs; We have expresly sent with these Letters, Our Agent Constantine Nobel, whom We desire Your Highness to re∣ceive Courteously, and Credit his Words; for all things shall be to Our Content, what he shall Treat with Your Highness about; and as a sign of Our good Inclination towards You, We send to Your Highness the under∣written Presents, with Request, that Your Highness would be pleas'd to accept of.

• One Piece of
  • Green Cloth.
  • Blue Cloth.
  • Black Cloth.
  • Half a Piece of Scarlet.
  • Half a Piece of Stammel, in one Case.
• One Piece of
  • Red Crown Serges in a Bale.
  • Grass Green Crown Serges in a Bale.
  • Blue Crown Serges in a Bale.
  • Musk Colour Crown Serges in a Bale.
  • Black Crown Serges in a Bale.
• One long Fowling-Piece.
• One pair of Pistols and Holsters.
• One Sword with a Gilded Hilt, in a Case.
• Eighteen Ounces and a half of Blood Coral, in an hundred and eight pieces.
• Three Pound and three Ounces of Am∣ber, in four pieces.
• One Pound and an Ounce of Blood Coral, in fifty four Pieces, in a Box.
• Six Pieces of fine white Linen, in a Pack.
• Half a Pikol of Cloves, in a Bag.
• A Case of Rose-Water.
• An hundred eighty five Pound of San∣dal-Wood in three Pieces.

From the Castle in Batavia, June the 21. in the Year 1662.

Iohn Maetzuiker.

The Letter to the Vice-Roy was written almost after the same manner, viz. to Request a Free Trade through the Empire of China.

After delivery of the Letters, and Complements from the Lord General and Council, with Wishes of long Life to his Highness Lipovi, that he might Tri∣umph over his Enemies; they fell into Discourse about business concerning the occasion of their coming thither; as in the Audience the day before, the

General had understood already: They Requested him that he would be assist∣ing to the Vice-Roy, in the releasing of the Hollanders, in number thirty nine, thirteen Men, six Women, seven Children, and thirteen Slaves and Slavesses) which were said to be Imprison'd on the Islands Euymuy, or Quemuy, and ex∣change them for a Mandarin, and his Servants, being of Coxinga's Party, and came over with the Agents from Batavia; whereupon General Lipovi promis'd to do his best Endeavors, and send the releas'd Prisoners aboard.

The General being also ask'd, If the Netherlanders might not Sail in and out of the Bays, Havens, and Rivers on the Coast of China, to fetch Water and Wood, and buy Provision for their Money, or in time of bad Weather, to come into any Harbor. He answer'd, All Havens, Bays, and Rivers are free∣ly open for you, to fetch Water, Wood, and buy Provision; nay, that which is more, said he, We will from this time forward, send to all Harbors, Bays, and Rivers, that are inhabited by the Subjects of this Empire, to aid and assist you in all things; and if you want Money, We will furnish you with it.

Lastly, being ask'd, If his Excellency could not assist the Netherlands in the permitting of a free Trade through the Empire: He reply'd, That to promise such a thing was not in his Power, but must be granted by the Emperor at the Court of Peking; yet promis'd, that he would write in their behalf about it to the Emperor, if possible, to grant them a free Trade, which was a business that the Merchants in the City Hoksieu much Requested and long'd for. But the Ge∣neral Lipovi wonder'd extreamly, that the Admiral Bort should go out of the River Hoksieu with twelve Men, leaving only one behind with the Presents, when as, said he, the Admiral Borts intentions are not known to the Vice-Roy nor my self; which seem'd very strange to the Agents themselves.

This Discourse ended, they were Treated and Serv'd in Silver Dishes, Plates, and Goblets, Emboss'd after the same manner as at the Vice-Roy's.

Dinner being ended, the Agents desir'd leave to depart, but the General Lipovi modestly intreated them to stay, and be Merry a little longer; asking them likewise if they had ought else to impart to him; whereupon they an∣swer'd, Nothing but what they had already acquainted his Excellency with, viz. the releasing of their Prisoners; On which he made answer, that he would loose no time, but do his best endeavor, and shorly send them aboard.

Then the Agents enquir'd about Coxinga's Death; to which the General reply'd, That he had been Deceas'd a considerable time, and that those of the Isles of Quemuy and Eymuy had Treated with them about a Peace, and were send∣ing Ambassadors to Peking, to get the Emperor to ratifie it.

Lastly, Seeing their importunity for dispatch, he said, Why are you so hasty in all your Business? every thing must have its time. About eighteen days hence, I am to be at Hoksiu, with the Vice-Roy Singlamong, then We will con∣sult together with the Governor of Hoksiu, if you may sell those Commodities that are in your Ships, which to my judgment may be done by the way of connivance.

The Agents having thus receiv'd answers, rewarding the Servants, took their leaves, and Rode to the Inn, whither all the Meat that was left on their Tables was brought in Chinesy a 8.1 Suebas.

About the Evening, nineteen Jonks came thither from the Isles of Quemuy and Eymuy, Laden with Pepper, Cloth, and other Merchandize; wherefore none of the Netherlanders were permitted to go that day, nor the next out of their Lodgings.

Yet the Agents sent out Ships to enquire what those of the Isles Barter'd their Commodities for, who coming back, inform'd them, that they ex∣change Rice and other Commodities; for the Inhabitants on those Isles, want∣ed Provision extreamly, because the Tartars had Burnt and Ruin'd all the Towns, Villages, and Hamlets, which stood along the Shore, on the Main of China, leaving nothing but heaps of Rubbish to testifie their former being.

Neither were any People allow'd to live within three Leagues of the Shore, for those that were found in the foremention'd Limits, were put to Death without Mercy, so to prevent all manner of supply, either of Provisions or Merchandize to go from those or the Main to their Associates, the publick Enemy.

In the Evening came three Negro's, who could speak Portuguese, and running away from Makou, a Factory of Portugal, were now in service amongst the Tar∣tar Horse; these entring the Agents Lodgings, fell upon the Hollanders with re∣proachful Language.

The seventh being Saturday, the Agents Rode in the Morning with their* 8.2 Attendants to the Vice-Roy Singlamong, and General Lipovi into the Army, with Request to both, That they would be pleas'd to Sign what they had in words promis'd them, that they might give it to their Masters, the Lord Ge∣neral, and the Lords of the Indian Council, and to the Admiral Bort, viz. that they promis'd to do their best endeavors, if it were possible, to send the Pri∣soners aboard the Hollanders Ships; and secondly, that they may put into all Harbors, Havens, and Rivers, on the Coast of China with their Ships, and to Sail to and from all Islands, to get Water, Firing, and Provisions for Money, for their Sea-men; and in bad Weather, choose any good Harbor to secure their Vessels in. Thirdly, That those Goods which were in their Ships, might be privately sold in Hoksieu; whereto the Vice-Roy answer'd about eighteen or twenty days since, (as I said before) I am to be in Hoksieu, then I will con∣sult with the Governor, if you may sell those Goods there, which you have brought in your Ships, which I no ways doubt.

But as to what concerns the Journey of your Forces with ours, to Ruine Coxinga and his Party, there is no more to be said of it, for those of the Isles are now Treating with us concerning a Peace, so that the Admiral must be si∣lent therein; yet if he should chance to meet with any of their Jonks, or Ves∣sels at Sea, or in Harbors, Havens or Rivers, he may take and carry them away; nevertheless, it would be better to let them pass, rather than to disturb the Coast of China with such sudden Alarms.

Then the Agents made a complaint to the Vice-Roy, and General of the three Negro's, that abus'd them the other Night; whereupon they were im∣mediately brought, and severely punish'd before them.

Lastly, The Vice-Roy desir'd the Ambassadors, that their followers would stay and be merry with them, and shew some skill in their way of Dancing, but they making excuses for them, and taking their leave, went to Sinksieu.

The eighth being Sunday, in the Morning, the Chinesy Interpreter Lakka, with the two Hoksiean Mandarins (belonging to the Vice-Roy's Mother) were sent to the Vice-Roy in the Army, to request, that the Agents might return to Hoksieu.

After some stay, the Vice-Roy sent some of his Servants with fifteen Hor∣ses Sadled and very richly furnish'd to their Lodgings, to carry them thorow the City to the Army.

Having therefore made ready some small Presents, they mounted, and rode directly to the Army, addressing themselves in an humble manner to the Ge∣neral, and the rest of the Captains, giving them thanks for the Honor they had receiv'd. Hereupon, according to order, the Interpreter Lakka appearing, prof∣fer'd the Vice-Roy, in the Vice-Admiral Iohn van Campen's Name, a great Case with fifteen Flasks of Brandy, sixteen Rummers, sixteen Beer-glasses, six hand∣som Knives, with a Bever Hat.

The General Taising Lipovi receiv'd from the Hands of the same Interpreter, in the Admirals Name, a Bever Hat, a pair of Pistols and Holsters, eight Flasks of Brandy, eight with Spanish Wine, three Knives, three Rummers, and three Beer-glasses.

The Presents given to Haitangkong, Governor of Hoksieu, was a Castor, six Dutch Knives, three Rummers, three Beer-glasses, six Flasks with Spanish Wine, and six with Brandy.

The Lord Santing Houbethetok, Admiral of the Sea, and Governor of the City Zwansifoe, was also presented with a Castor, five Flasks of Spanish Wine, and five of Brandy, three Rummers, three Beer-glasses, and five Dutch Knives; all which, though of a small value, were accepted with extraordinary kind∣ness.

After this, the Agents had a long Discourse with these four Great Ministers, who promis'd to assist them in all that lay within their Power, alledging, as a proof thereof, That they had already sent their Generals Letter to the Empe∣ror, and written in their behalf; so that they did not doubt to get them Li∣cence for a Free Trade through the whole Empire: But at last the Vice-Roy added,

You Hollanders must not be too hasty; for We are not to be forc'd* 8.3 to grant any thing to you; much less can We joyn our Forces, and make a League with you, against the grand Pyrate Coxinga, both by Sea and Land, before We have Order from the Emperor at his Court in Peking.

We have (continu'd he) Power to perform what We have promis'd you; As, Freedom to put into all Havens, Bays, and Rivers lying on the main Coast of China and the adjacent Isles, to fetch Water, Wood, and buy Provision, and furnish your selves with other Necessaries; nay, We will accommodate you with it upon a free Accompt: Nay more, you have full Licence to take a convenient place in possession, which is pro∣vided of a good Harbor, either on the main Coast of China, or on one of the Islands in the River Hoksieu, or on one of these Places, Tenhai, Sotiha, Kitat, or Onkia, every one of which have large and safe Havens for the accommodati∣on of many Ships.

As to what concerns your Prisoners, We will speedily send away Letters to the Governors of the Islands Quemuy and Eymuy, to inquire if they be there? If so, We promise to procure their Liberty, and send them aboard your Ships.

Lastly, The Vice-Roy and General caus'd the Interpreter Lakka to tell them,

That if they would stay four or five days in Sinksieu, they should have an Answer of their Letters from the Governors of the Islands, and so hear if the Prisoners be there, or not: But if they would depart, they must tarry six∣teen or seventeen days in Hoksieu, for the Vice-Roy and Generals coming thither, because they were desirous to see their Forces and Fleet; mean while they would consult with the Provincials of Hoksieu, and then give their Resolution by the Governor, Whether the several Cargoes which they

had in their Ships might not be sold in private.

Likewise the Interpreter be∣ing so commanded, further told them,

That it had been better that their Ad∣miral had staid in the River Hoksieu, and not gone to Sea, because he would effect little by so doing; for along the Sea-Coast we have nothing but ru∣in'd Cities and Villages, where some poor Fishermen, with their Vessels and Nets, with leave of the Governors, live to maintain themselves, because all the greatest Towns and Villages in those Parts were by the Emperors Order pull'd down to the Ground, to prevent the sending of Provisions and Merchandise to the Islands Eymuy and Quemuy, by which means Coxinga and his great Forces being much straightned, he betook himself, with all his Ar∣my and Jonks, to Formosa, and not onely won that, but Tayowan also, leaving onely some small Garrisons of Soldiers on those Isles; yet if by the Treaty now on Foot a Peace be concluded, the Hollanders may easily obtain it of us again.

Hereupon the Vice-Admiral Campen directed the Interpreter to tell the Vice-Roy,

That the Hollanders hoped, that now would have been the onely time to enter into a League with the Great Cham of Tartary, and Emperor of China, that joyning their Forces, they might reduce all under the Subjection of his Imperial Majesty.

Whereupon the Vice-Roy return'd,

That is done already, and needs no more to be spoken of: We are now at a Cessation of Arms with the Gover∣nors of the Islands; but if the Emperor hath or will accept of the Peace, We know not; yet it hath proceeded thus far, that young Coxinga and all his People will obey, and submit themselves to the Emperor, by shaving off their Hair, except one Tuft, and also become Tributaries; onely they de∣mand a peculiar Government, and Garrisons for their own Soldiers; which whether the Emperor will grant, is much to be doubted: However, you must stay sixty or seventy days for an Answer from the Emperor at Peking, viz. If you shall have a Free Trade granted through all China? Which We suppose may be done.

But Van Campen order'd the Interpreter Lakka to tell the Vice-Roy and Ge∣neral,

That in Peking were many subtile Jesuits and Priests, who bore great spleen to the Hollanders, and sought to scandalize and make them seem odious to the Emperor, because of their difference in Religion among themselves, and likewise for the War maintain'd by the Hollanders against the two Mighty Kings of Spain and Portugal, to whom these Jesuits and Priests were Confessors.

The Vice-Roy and General made answer,

That for the same Reason must the Tartars, who under their Emperor the Great Cham of Tartary, have by force of Arms subdu'd and taken the whole Empire of China, be accounted a despicable People by the Jesuits, because they had done the same thing with the Hollanders; adding, That the Hollanders were the welcomer to them in China, and that they would look to the Priests and Jesuits somewhat better than they had done heretofore.

Thus ended the Discourse.

Then the Vice-Roy and General, in the presence of many great Mandarins, entertain'd the Agents and their Retinue, who sate every one at a particular Table, furnish'd with variety of Meat, serv'd in Gold and Silver Dishes, and being very merry, drunk the Emperors, and the Hollanders General Iohn Maet∣zuiker's Health.

Then the Vice-Roy presented each of them with two Pieces of Silk Stuffs,

[illustration]

and a Silver Plate, whereon their Names were engraven in Characters or Let∣ters* 8.4 of Gold: These Plates serv'd them as a Pass, with which they might, without danger, travel through all the Empire of China, and every where be acknowledg'd as Lavyaes, that is, Lords.

The General likewise gave them each two Pieces of Chinese Silk Stuffs, and one Silver Plate; for which the Agents humbly return'd them both thanks, and likewise for the Honor and Favor which they had been pleas'd to shew them.

The Plate given by the General to Van Campen was the biggest and thickest, weighing above twenty Ounces, and eight or nine Inches in Diameter: The undermost or greatest part is quite round, and neatly imprest in the middle with six gilded Chinese Letters; the Edges about it embost with Flowers, and gilt. On the top, for an Ornament, was like a Handle, a piece Scallop'd, the Edges gilt, and the middle wrought with Leaves and Flowers.

The other Plate, being the Vice-Roys, was much lighter, weighing not above six Ounces, very thin, and no way so well gilded or flowr'd at the Edges, but onely on the Handle, having in the middle sixteen or seventeen Chinese Characters.

Besides these, every one of the Attendants had a Silver Cognizance given them; but much lesser and lighter than the other.

Upon the Hollanders first arrival, the Vice-Roy sent a Letter to the Empe∣ror, informing him of their Intention; and likewise another to the Admiral Bort, whom he desir'd to stay for his coming, because he was very desirous to see their Fleet, and to that end, for encouragement, proffer'd to furnish them with Provisions at his own Charge: But Bort being gone with the Fleet to∣wards the North, before the Vice-Roys Letter came to his Hands, and the Vice Roy coming afterwards in vain, it was resented very ill; yet at last he seem'd pacified, when told, That it hapned through the mistake of not deli∣vering the Letters in good time.

And now the Ambassadors having leave to return, took their Farewel with many Ceremonies, complemented by the Vice-Roy and General after the manner of the Tartars, then wishing them a safe Return, they commanded seven Mandarins to conduct them through the Army, beyond all the Guards: From whence they rode over a great Bridge, into the City, to their Lodgings.

The City Sinksieu, lying eleven days Journey into the Countrey, is cut* 8.5 through the middle by a River, which takes its Original out of a Mountain, about an Hours walk beyond the Fort Lantyn: It stands inviron'd with a Stone Wall, broad enough for a Cart and Horses to go upon, and set full of long Poles, pointed with a sharp Iron like a Scythe, with which they can cut a Man asunder at one stroke.

The City hath handsom Streets▪ pav'd with Free-stone, high Buildings, large Pagodes or Temples of blue Stone, several Houses and Shops well furnish'd with all manner of Silks, Pourcelan, Linnen, and other necessary Commodities.

All the Windows of the Houses were fill'd with Spectators, and the Streets on both sides crowded with thousands of People, who out of curiosity came to see the Hollanders, many of whom, as they pass'd by, wish'd them all happi∣ness, and a prosperous Journey.

Being past through the City with all their Train, which consisted in seven∣teen Hollanders, about a hundred to carry their Baggage, and fifty Horse and Foot, sent by the Vice-Roy as their Guard and Convoy, they rode in four days to Zwansifoe, from whence in the Evening they came to a great Village nam'd Chinhoe, where they were welcom'd by three Mandarins, and conducted into a spacious Pagode, wherein the Images sate on Stools and Tables, being there kindly entertain'd and treated by the Priests.

The ninth the Ambassadors set forth very early out of Chinhoe, and travel∣ling all day, at night arriv'd at a strong Hold, where they intended to take up their Lodging for that night; but they were carried into a Mandarins House, and accommodated very generously, where amongst others they saw three La∣dies, one of whose Feet (with Shoes and all) were but six, another five and a half, and the third five Inches long, occasion'd from the straight swadling of their Legs and Feet in their Infancy, after the Chinese manner; for Women with great Feet they account homely, and those that have little Feet, Beauties; so that the bigger they are, the lesser they strive to make their Feet.

The tenth setting forward again, they travell'd by several ruin'd Villages; They saw also nine strong Castles, and many long▪hair'd Chineses Heads, hanging in Baskets on Trees; for all the Chineses of Coxinga's Party, which re∣fus'd to cut their Hair, were (when found) by the Emperors Command de∣collated, and their Heads hang'd up in that manner.

In the Evening they came to the City Tamwa, where they were receiv'd by* 8.6 three Mandarins, conducted to a great House like a Court of Guard, and enter∣tain'd with variety of Meats.

The Eleventh in the Morning they left Tamwa, and proceeding on their Journey, went through several other Villages and Fortifications; in the af∣ternoon coming to the Castle Tamhoe, they retir'd thither to rest themselves,* 8.7 because Constantine Nobel was much troubled with an Ague, where the Governor entertaining them with variety of Dishes, they made by several Presents a ci∣vil Return.

The twelfth they left Tamhoe, and travell'd that day by five great Villages, and many Garrisons, and at Noon arriv'd at the City Zwansifoe, where met by* 8.8

the Mandarins, and conducted into an antient Building: After a little stay, they pass'd on to Santing Houbethetok his House, a Man of great Quality, and Go∣vernor of this City, whom they proffer'd the Presents sent him by the Admi∣ral Bort, viz. A pair of Pistols, five Dutch Ells of Scarlet, and four Pieces of fine Linnen; but because they seem'd to Van Campen and Nobel too little, they added a Demy-castor, five Dutch Knives, three Rummers, three Beer-glasses, five Flasks of Brandy, and five of Sack; all which Santing Houbethetok re∣ceiv'd, and caus'd to be brought to him by his Servants; and having treated the Ambassadors very splendidly, gave each of them two Chinese Rolls of Silk, and a great Silver Medal, whereon with Golden Letters his Name was engra∣ven, which was a Pasport, signifying, That whoever bore it were Persons of Quality, and so to be look'd upon as no less than Lavyaes, that is, Lords, or Fa∣thers. This done, they began a long Discourse about the Dutch and Chinese Wars, and also that of Coxinga. Lastly, they desir'd his Assistance in the pro∣curing for them a Free Trade in China; of which he seem'd no ways to doubt, saying, Were your Ships here hard by, or in the River, I would buy all your Commodities. Having discours'd a little while, and been plentifully feasted, they took their leaves, and rode to their Lodging, where divers Mandarins, out of curiosity, came to visit and speak with them, and bringing Fruit and Sweet-meats, kept them company most part of the Night.

The thirteenth at day-break the Agents left Zwansifoe, and travell'd until they reach'd Zwansehoo, a Place of very considerable strength, into which they* 8.9 were receiv'd by three Mandarins, who gave them a very handsom Entertain∣ment.

The fourteenth, being Saturday, they left Zwansehoo, and going on all day, came towards Evening to a well-guarded Place call'd Enwacho, where they took their Repose that Night in a Temple, in which they were nobly accom∣modated by the Priests.

On Munday Morning, the sixteenth, the Agents set forward again, and that night reach'd the City Enwa, into which being conducted by three great Man∣darins,* 8.10 they were brought into a great Wall'd Pagode, wherein above fifty Chi∣nese Priests having their abode, gave them a welcome Reception.

Many Apartments were in this Pagode, every one furnish'd with various Images, which being as big as the Life, sate cloth'd in rich Apparel, on Stools, round about Tables: All the Priests offer'd Incense to these their Idols, before whom also burnt many Lamps, with taboring on a Drum, and singing.

The next day the Vice-Admiral Van Campen presented the Priests with twen∣ty Crowns of Silver Coin, for which they return'd him many complemental Thanks, after the Chinese manner.

The same day proceeding further on, they pass'd a most delightful and rich Countrey, which had not been wasted by the War, but remain'd still in its full Glory: Here they saw divers well-built and wall'd Villages, and likewise many antient Structures, and beautiful Tombs, each of which had a conveni∣ent Entrance, and within that an arched Passage leading to the Grave, where they burnt Offerings to the Dead. There were also Tombs on which lay great Turtles carv'd of blue Stone, and others adorn'd with Columns, and arch'd above.

In the Evening they arriv'd at Fort Lantongzwa, standing on Mount Tishoo,* 8.11 into which they were introduc'd by three Mandarins, and conducted to the Go∣vernors House, who entertain'd them nobly, and had a long Discourse about the Dutch, Tartar, and Chinese War.

[illustration]

The eighteenth they began their Journey about Noon, not able sooner to get Men to carry them and their Goods, and travell'd towards the Evening through a great unwall'd Village, where they were invited to a civil Treat by a grand Mandarin.

Here the Agents found five Chineses, which a few days before were fled with a Jonk from Tayowan, amongst which was one who smatter'd so much broken Dutch, that Van Campen could understand when he told him, That Coxinga, and the General Bethekok, two such Leaders that China afforded not the like, being overpower'd and straightned by the Tartars, both despairing, ended their days in Tayowan, where since hapned such a Famine, that many died, suffering by extremity of want.

At the Evening arriving at the City Hokzwa, three Mandarins led them to a spacious House, whereto all Governors, when they travel about Publick Af∣fairs, are conducted; for these Houses, as we said before, have many large Chambers▪ furnish'd with good Beds, and all manner of Furniture, both for their Lodging and Diet, with large Out-rooms for Servants, and Stables for Horses. The Governor of the Town sent the Agents good store of fresh Provisions. After Supper many Grandees of the City, and two Mandarins that came lately from Peking, visited them, who told them, that all the News there was, that the Peace between the Emperor and Coxinga would not be con∣cluded, because the Islanders of Eymuy and Quemuy would have their own Go∣vernors and Soldiers. They also acquainted them of the sudden Death of Coxinga's Envoy in his Journey to Peking, and that there was no News of send∣ing another in his stead.

Thursday, being the nineteenth, a great Train of People rode through the City, that came from Hoksieu, and were going to Sinksieu, to the Vice-Roy, with Clothes and other Goods, and also with News of his Wives Mothers Death, which forc'd the Agents to stay for Men to carry their Necessaries. Mean while the Vice-Admiral Campen went to view the City, and walking

along, met with a Slave that was run away from Macaw, and serv'd now in the Chinese Army as a Soldier, who leading him out of the City, shew'd him a Christian Temple, where, according to the Slaves Relation, Father Martinius, famous for his Writing of the Chinese Atlas, and other remarkable Antiquities of that People, died thirty seven days before.

Anno 1653. this Martinius came with a Portuguese Frigat from Macasser to Ba∣tavia,* 8.12 after having been ten or twelve Years in the Empire of China, where he preach'd the Gospel, and converted, as they say, above two thousand Souls, and went the same Year from Batavia in the good Ship the White Elephant, com∣manded by the foremention'd Iohn Van Campen, to Holland; but the Ship run∣ning into Bergen in Norway, Martinius travell'd from thence through the Sound to Amsterdam, where he publish'd the foremention'd Works.

At Noon leaving Hokzwa, and proceeding on their Journey, in the Evening* 8.13 they enter'd a Village, and according to custom went into a great Pagode, where they were courteously entertain'd by the Priests, and took repose that Night.

On Friday Morning, being the twentieth, setting out very early, they rode through a Village abont an English Mile and a half long, which the Night be∣fore was the greater part burnt down by Thieves, and in the Fire about a hun∣dred Men, Women, and Children consum'd to Ashes, or otherwise murther'd.

About Noon having pass'd the Village, they were brought to a great House where the Chineses kept Watch. Here was but one Mandarin, who receiv'd the Agents very friendly, and seem'd heartily to rejoyce that they had not shared in the last nights Calamity. In the afternoon they took their leave, and went, being guided by the Mandarins, to the Shore of an In-land River, where they and their Retinue Embarqu'd themselves in a Vessel that lay ready for to carry them to Hoksieu. Towards Night they came to Lavyit, or Anlavja, a Strong∣hold,* 8.14 built on the top of a Mountain: Near which was a Ferry for the ease of Travellers.

The one and twentieth, being Saturday, in the Morning they came to Lamthay, belonging to Hoksieu, where they were kindly receiv'd by divers Mandarins, and the Governor of the City Engeling, who nobly entertain'd them. After Dinner they were conducted through the City, and shew'd may antient Edifices, and spacious Pagodes, or Temples. At Night they return'd to their Vessel, not∣withstanding the Governor of Minjazen proffer'd them his House for their Lodgings.

The two and twentieth they sent the Chinese Interpreter Lakka, with two Mandarins, to the City Hoksieu before them, and prepared themselves with some Presents of Scarlet, Crown-Serge, and Bays, to give to Han∣lavja the Governor of Minjazen, and likewise to the Ruler of Hoksieu: who hearing of their arrival by the Interpreter Lakka, sent them fifteen Saddle-Horses: But Van Campen not being very well dispos'd, staid in the Barque, ordering Constantine Nobel to take the Presents, and ride with all their Atten∣dants to Hoksieu, where after a kind Reception, towards Evening he return'd to Lamthay, to the Vessel.

The next day, being the twenty third, the Mandarin of Lamthay invited the Agents to Dinner, which they would willingly have put off; but fearing his Displeasure, they granted his Request. Many great Mandarins, besides the Go∣vernors of Minjazen and Engeling, were present at this Feast, which was ended to the general satisfaction of all, with great jollity and good cheer. The Chi∣nese

Lords advis'd the Agents to stay seven or eight days longer, to congratu∣late the Vice-Roys Return, and for the farther accomplishing their Business; promising them their Assistance in their Request, for selling those Merchan∣dizes that were in the Ships.

The twenty fourth, being Tuesday, in the morning Van Campen and Nobel rode both to Hoksieu, to complement the Governor and other Mandarins, and likewise to present them with five Ells of Scarlet, a piece of Crown Serge, and a Demy-Castor; which the foresaid Lords receiv'd very courteously, pro∣mising to be assistant to the Agents in the procuring a Free Trade for them, provided they were not too hasty.

About Sun-set the Agents took their leave, and mounting their Horses, rode through a great Throng of People out of the City, and came at Night to their Vessel, lying at Lamthay, where they took their Repose.

The City Hoksieu, otherwise call'd Changcheu, hath many stately Buildings of blue Stone, and several great Pagodes or Temples; being inviron'd with a high Wall, fortified with Bulwarks and deep Ditches, and the Streets well pav'd.

The twenty fifth the Governor of the Fort Engeling, accompanied with se∣veral very eminent Mandarins, came to visit the Agents in their Jonk, where they were welcom'd by the Hollanders with Spanish and Rhenish Wine, which having drunk, they spent some time in discoursing about the War.

This Fort of Engeling stands on the Sea-shore, before which is a safe Harbor for Ships: Near the Bay stood formerly a great Town of Trade of the same Name, but was quite ruin'd and raz'd by the Tartars.

But during the Mandarins▪ and Agents Discourse together in their Jonk, came a Tartar, a Soldier of Hanlavia, with a Letter from the Admiral Bort, to the Agents Iohn Van Campen, and Constantine Nobel: The Contents thereof to this purpose.

THis Morning I have understood of your coming back to Hoksieu, from Our Secretary Iohn Melman, sent from Us to the River of Hoksieu to inquire for you, and deliver a Letter to the Governor of Minjazen. Since that being inform'd, as likewise by your Letter written in haste, That the Tartars have concluded Peace with those of Eymuy and Quemuy, from whence We may suppose that they will begin nothing with Us to their prejudice, but rather prevent it (if they have but any opportunity) and to make Satisfacti∣on for all Damages (because with this Peace they are become their Subjects) done already, and which hereafter we may do them: To prevent all, We wish that We had the Domburgh Frigat here with us.

Yet nevertheless, We give no such Order by these Presents, that by such sudden alterations we may create no suspitious thoughts in them: But We do hereby send you Our good Sailer the Sea-dog Frigat, that upon the receit hereof you may come to us. This we desire you to observe, that We may hear your Adventures, and what you have effected in your Business, that then We may consult and resolve one with another, what is best to be done in this Affair, for the Benefit of the Publick, and prejudice to the Enemy.

From aboard the Naerden Frigat in the Fleet before Tinghay, October 25. 1662.

Balthasar Bort.

The Governor of Engeling, with the Mandarin of the Fort, at the Agents Re∣quest, provided instantly thirteen Saddle-Horses, whereon they rode to Hok∣sieu, to obtain Licence to return to their Ships; whither they came about Noon, and went to the Governor and Mandarins, of whom they desir'd leave to depart to their Fleet; whereto the Governor reply'd, Why so hasty, when you are still weary of your Iourney? It is better for you to stay till the Vice-Roy Singlamong and General Lipovi come hither: Your Business hath a good face, and We have writ to the Emperor, at his Court in Peking, on your behalf; and in all likelihood We shall have an Answer back in fifty or sixty days; and in nine or ten days, at farthest, the Vice-Roy and General will be here: It will be requisite that you stay so long, and be present to fetch in the Vice-Roy, which he will take as a great Kindness: Mean while you may come daily to visit the Mandarins, which will much promote your Desires. We do certainly believe, That the liberty of a Free Trade will be permitted you, and likewise to dispose of all those Goods in your Ships. Whereupon the Agents return'd their humble and hearty Thanks, but told them by their Interpreter Lakka, That their Admiral had writ to them to make what haste they could to the Fleet, which lay near the Cape of Tinghay. Whereupon the Governor made Answer, Will they go? Let them do what they please: But first we will eat. Upon which, Meat being brought, every one was set at a distinct Table, according to the fashion of the Countrey, and serv'd in Gold and Silver Chargers. Dinner being past, they had a long Discourse concerning the Chinese and Dutch War; which ended, the Agents took their leaves; then mounting, they rode through the City, and came at last to Lam∣thay to their Barque, where having given the Governor and Mandarin of the Fort a Visit, they went aboard their Jonk.

The twenty sixth, being Thursday, the grand Mandarin, Hanlavia, Governor* 9.1 of Minjazen, came in the Morning to the River side, and fetching the Agents with great Ceremony out of the Jonk, invited them to a Treatment: They fearing to incur his displeasure if they refus'd, accepted of his kindness, where they were courteously welcom'd, and saluted by the Servants with loud Accla∣mations, crying out, Fueet, that is, Long live; a peculiar Ceremony of great Honor in this Empire, and us'd by none but Persons of great Quality, which generally command their Servants to do it. The Feast ended, they began a long Discourse about the War in Holland and China, which last continu'd twen∣ty Years, in which Hanlavia always perform'd great Service for the Cham of Tartary, and was a main Assistant in his Conquests.

He also told them, That he prepar'd himself to bring that grand Pyrate Coxinga under the Emperors Subjection; to which purpose (said he) I am by the Emperors Order sent towards the Sea, not seeing any hopes at all of a Peace between the Cham and Cox∣inga, who by Ambassadors sent to the Emperor in Peking much desires it. I also under∣stand, That the Hollanders coming into the River Hoksieu, is very acceptable to the Great Cham; so that to obtain liberty for a Free Trade for you through all China, is not to be doubted: Why then (proceeded he) are you so hasly to be gone? You ought rather to have stay'd in the River Hoksieu, till the Vice-Roy and General Lipovi were come, since the Peace with Coxinga will come to no effect.

This Discourse and their Entertainment being ended, the Agents took their leave of the Governor Hanlavia, and other eminent Mandarins, who, according to the manner, wish'd them a Boon Voyage.

Whilst they were sitting at Table, they heard the Word Fueet several times repeated, whereat some of their Attendance bow'd, and others fell flat on the Ground.

The Tartars being ask'd if the Word Fueet signified Holy, they answer'd, No, but it was a Word of Ceremony, by which they partly express'd how their Servants obey'd them, and partly how welcom their Guests were.

The Vice-Admiral Van Campen having gratified the Servants for their Atten∣dance, went immediately with his Jonk aboard the Sea-hound Frigat, Com∣manded by Iohn Hendrikson, who the next day, being the twenty seventh, weigh'd Anchor, and fell down with the Ebb to the Mouth of the River, that so he might with the first fair Wind sail to the other Ships at Tinghay, where he arriv'd the following day in the Evening, when the Vice-Admiral and Nobel caus'd themselves immediately to be put aboard the Admiral, in the Naerden Frigat, there to give him an account of their Affairs and several Adventures, and especially deliver him the Letters sent him from the Vice-Roy Singlamong and General Lipovi; the Contents of which consisted most in the Pro∣mises already mention'd by the same Lords to Van Campen and Nobel, of their kind proffer of Friendship, License to put into all Bays, Havens, and Rivers on the Coast of China, with their Ships, either in foul Weather, or otherwise; and likewise to take Water and Wood, and buy Provision for their Sea-men.

The thirtieth, about Noon, Constantine Nobel was sent with the Sea-hound Frigat, and Ter-Boede Pink, from the Fleet to the River Hoksieu, there to pro∣mote the Business, and strictly to observe all Passages.

The one and thirtieth the Vice▪ Admiral, though surpris'd with a Pestilen∣tial Fever, and great Sickness, was commanded to Sail about the East with six Ships.

The second of November, being Thursday, the Finch went from Tinghay to the River Hoksieu.

The third, by the Admirals Order, two hundred Soldiers were put ashore to drive the Chineses out of Tinghay into the Mountains; but finding them in a good posture of defence, they retreated without effecting any thing.

The fourth the Sea-hound Frigat came again from the River Hoksieu to the Fleet at Tinghay, as also the Finch the next day; and then all the Ships took in Wood.

The sixth the Breukelen Pink set Sail for Batavia, with the Goods that had been taken at Sea, and Letters of Advice concerning the Agents Adventures at Sinksieu, being convey'd beyond the Islands by the Sea-hound Frigat, and Ter-Boede Pink, who on the next day came again to an Anchor with the rest of the Fleet near Tinghay.

The eighth in the Morning Van Campen put to Sea with the Zierikzee, Ankee∣veen, and Loenen Frigats, to Cruise Northerly; but being hindred by a Storm and contrary Tides, came to an Anchor again about Noon in ten Fathom Water.

Fryday, the tenth, the Vice-Admiral weigh'd Anchor again, to steer Nor∣therly, but came back without any effect; yet soon after they spied fifteen or sixteen Chinese Jonks in the South-West, at a great distance, to chase which, they presently sent the Sea-hound and Calf Frigats, with the Zierikzees Boat, and those of the Ankeveen, full of armed Men; but the Chineses escap'd by their nimble Sailing, onely one Champan, with a few Fish, was taken by the Vice-Admirals Boat near the Shore; and another larger Vessel, deserted by all her Men, was sunk by the Hollanders.

The eleventh, being Saturday, Van Campen went out again with his Frigats, to sail towards the North; but being driven Southerly by a strong contrary

Current, he cast Anchor in fourteen Fathom Water, near one of the nether∣most Islands of Pakka▪

On Sunday Morning, being the twelfth, they saw two Jonks in the South-West, seeming to steer towards Tinghay, which Van Campen chasing, endeavour'd to get to the Northwards; but labour'd in vain, because of contrary Winds and Tides: at last he was forc'd near the Islands of Pakka, which although* 9.2 pretty large, yet are for the most part waste and untill'd, and inhabited by none but Fishers and poor Rusticks: Nevertheless there is good Harbor for Ships, and Refreshments of Water, and Provisions to be had.

The thirteenth, being Munday, Van Campen with the Ebb set Sail North∣wards, between the Islands Pakka, in eighteen, nineteen, and twenty Fathom Water; but came, after the Tide spent, to Anchor in thirteen Fathom Water, under the Eastermost Island.

About Noon the Fleet weigh'd to get more towards the North, and against the Evening Anchor'd in eight Fathom Water, about half a League Nor-East∣and-by-East from the Eastermost Isle before Pakka.

The fourteenth Van Campen set Sail again with a Nor-Nor-East Wind, in six, seven, and eight Fathom, between the Isles of Pakka▪ and about Noon, forc'd by contrary Tides, came to an Anchor in seven Fathom: Towards Evening weighing again with the Ebb, he let fall his Drag about midnight in eighteen Fathom, gravelly Ground, not far from the place where the Coast of China hath many high Mountains, and broken Land; yet behind them very pleasant and fertile Meadows and Rice-Fields.

The fifteenth setting Sail again, he Anchor'd about Noon under an Isle, in thirteen Fathom Water, gravelly Ground, about Cannon-shot from Shore, whither he sent his Boat to see for Water.

From hence setting Sail, he came into a Bay behind Campens Point, so call'd* 9.3 from himself, where he dropp'd Anchor in five Fathom Water, there being a convenient Harbor, and safe Retreat against hollow Seas and turbulent Winds. On the North side of this Point, lying in twenty six Degrees and fifty one Minutes Northern Latitude, may be seen the Ruines of the City Tikyen, or Ty∣kin, formerly a place of great Trade, but lately destroy'd by the Tartars. Here the Zierikzee's Boat was sent ashore, with the Pilot Auke Pieters, and thirteen Men, to fetch Water. Near the Shore, between the Mountains, appear'd a pleasant Valley, flourishing with Rice, Carrots, and all manner of Fruit. You may freely, without fear or danger, sail between the main Coast and these Isles; yet not without some care, because divers Shoals lie near the Coast.

The eighteenth, being Saturday, Van Campen set Sail with his Squadron, the Wind Nor-Nor-East; and laveering it between Campens Point and the fore∣mention'd Isles, between seven and thirteen Fathom Water, gravelly Ground, they discover'd the old Zajer Isle East-Nor-East, four or five Leagues distant, in twenty seven Degrees and fifteen Minutes Northern Latitude, and about Noon came to an Anchor in ten Fathom Water, gravelly Ground. In the Night set∣ting Sail again, they ran the next day about Noon behind Campens Bay, where they were forc'd to lie till Friday the twenty fourth, by contrary Winds, Tides, and Calms. Towards Night the Finch came also to an Anchor there.

Friday the twenty fourth the Ships went to Sea together, and with a Nor-Nor-East Wind endeavor'd to sail Easterly; but being driven back by the Tide, they came to an Anchor in eight Fathom, and had the North Point of the Island with Brests, South-West, and the old Zajer▪ East and by North. At

Night, in the second Watch, when the Tide was almost spent, they weigh'd Anchor again, and the next Evening rode in eight Fathom Water, having the Chinese City Samzwa Nor-East and by East, and the Isle Old Zayer Sou-Sou-East, and Sou-East and by South, and the Isle with Breasts Sou-Sou-West.

The City Samzwa seated on the hanging of a Mountain, and planted round* 9.4 about with high Trees, was ruin'd by the Tartars: It boasts a safe Harbor for Ships, to defend them from the Southern and Northern stormy Seasons. The Hollanders going ashore here, found one Pagode or Temple, with divers Images, about fifteen Leagues from Tinghay.

The twenty seventh the Point of Samzwa bearing Westward two Leagues from them, they descry'd a white Cliff in the Sea, about three Leagues from the Shore, and three Isles in the East-Nor-East, and by Observation found themselves at Noon to be in twenty seven Degrees and thirty nine Minutes Northern Latitude.

In the Evening Van Campen came to an Anchor with the Ankeveen Frigat in eleven Fathom Water, gravelly Ground; but the High-land and Meliskerk Fri∣gats, with the Loenen and Finch, went behind the Isle of Good Hope. Van Campen in the Night, the Tide favoring him, set Sail again, and was follow'd by the Ankeveen Frigat onely, the other four lying still behind the Isle, without making the Reason thereof known.

The next day, forc'd by Storm to come to an Anchor again in ten Fathom Water, he was driven from two Anchors, towards the seven Rocks a little Southward of Zwatia, not without great danger of Shipwrack.

The City Zwatia, lying in the mouth of a River near the Sea, and also ruin'd* 9.5 by the Tartars, is inhabited by mean and poor People, which are very slow in rebuilding the same. Opposite to the Nor-West side of the River lies a Village call'd Zwatho, whither most of the Citizens fled, it being not laid waste by the Tartars.

The first of Ianuary, Van Campen concluded, upon Advice of the Ships Coun∣cil, by force of a Storm out of the Nor-East and by East, to set Sail again, to get from the Shore; so that he drove down Sou-West and by South, to Brest-Island, and in the afternoon came to an Anchor in the Bay behind Campens Point in nine Fathom.

The other Frigats, and the Finch, lay still at Anchor, contrary to their Orders.

The third, the Ankeveen Frigat, commanded by Iacob Swart, having been bu∣sied about getting his Anchors aboard, came and rode by the Vice-Admiral.

The fourth in the afternoon they spied in the Sou-Sou-West between seven∣ty and eighty Fisher-Jonks, and other Vessels, standing towards the North, which they let all pass: About the evening they stood to and again, yet were got out of sight next Morning, on which the Captain Auke Pieters was com∣manded to go ashore, with fifty Men, to gather Sallad-herbs and Potatoes to refresh their People.

The sixth in the Evening the four other Ships came to an Anchor near Van Campen, having before lain behind the Isles Northward of the River Zwatia.

The eighth in the Morning they spied six Jonks fishing in the Sou-East and by East, behind the Breast-Isle; and in the afternoon, two Ships in the Sou-East, in the Bay of Pakka, and also heard the Report of several Cannon▪ shot from thence; whereupon a Council being call'd, Harmans Symonsz, Comman∣der of the High land Frigat, was sent thither, with Order, That when he came

to them, he should fire five Guns one after another, if he needed Van Campen's Assistance; if not, to fire none, but come back to the Fleet.

Against the Evening the High-land Frigat came to an Anchor South-West and by South, three Leagues distant from the Fleet.

The ninth in the morning they saw above twenty Fisher-Jonks near the Shore of Pakka, who were putting to Sea to fish; but not being able to get out, were by the Current driven towards the South: Van Campen chas'd them between the Islands; yet the Jonks by their swift sailing, escap'd him.

In the afternoon the Hollanders came again to an Anchor behind Campens Point, in nine Fathom Water, about a small Cannon-shot from the Shore.

The tenth they saw two Frigats in the Bay of Pakka, viz. the Sea-hound, in which the Admiral Bort was, (as they understood the next day) and the High∣land, which on the eighth was sent thither for Intelligence.

The eleventh in the morning the Admiral Bort came in the High-land Frigat to an Anchor about half a League from the Vice-Admiral.

Mean while the Admiral Bort had by Storm taken the Fort Kitat, lying in* 9.6 the Bay of Pakka, and with it plunder'd all the Towns, Villages, and Hamlets, being twenty in number, belonging thereto: All which he had written to the Vice-Admiral Van Campen, the tenth of the said Month, from the Bay of Pakka; adding thereto, That had he not been detain'd eight days by tempestuous Wea∣ther, he had been with him before that time, to find out Zwathia, lying about the North, in hopes there to find several Trading Jonks.

The same day Harman Symonsz went aboard the Vice-Admiral, being sent thither by the Admiral from the Bay of Pakka, with the Letters before-men∣tion'd, bringing also with him a small Supply of fresh Victuals, which was equally distributed amongst the Ships.

They found in Kitat nothing but a little Rice, Salt, and a little Lumber, besides twelve Women, and fifteen Youths, which were transported for Ser∣vants to Batavia.

The Hollanders fell upon this Place, because some of Coxinga's Party resided there.

The twelfth they descried three Jonks and a Fishers Boat in the North-East, one of them being without a Mast: Van Campen, by the Admirals Order, set Sail towards them with five Ships: That Jonk which had lost her Mast was onely taken, the rest escaping by the advantage of the Tide. In the taken Jonk they found no more but onely Salt, Rice, and Wood. Towards Evening the Frigat came again to the Prize-Jonk, and about eight at Night tow'd her along with them to Campens Point.

In the afternoon the Sea-hound and High-land Frigats, and Ter-Boede Pink, came up to the Vice-Admiral, and at Night Anchor'd South and by West about a League from them.

Wednesday, being the thirteenth, the Ter-Boede was sent from the Fleet to the River Hoksieu, there to stay till Van Campen's Squadron came back from the North.

Against Noon the Overveen Frigat came out of Kitat-Bay, near the Fleet, and turning up Northerly, in the afternoon was forc'd by contrary Winds to lie in seven Fathom water.

About midnight the Fleet weigh'd Anchor, and hearing several Cannons fired, and Van Campen fearing some of the Frigats to be run ashore, sent his Boats thither, and found the Calf to be drove very near the Shore, on which

the High-land Frigat had also been fast, but was got off again: whereupon Van Campen return'd.

Ysbrant, Pilot to the Admiral, and another, were sent aboard of the Vice-Admiral, to enquire how many healthy persons he had in his Ship, of Sea∣men and Soldiers; and what number of Sea-men he could be able to send ashore fit for Service: whereupon he reply'd, about thirty.

Thursday about Noon the Fleet was in twenty seven Degrees and nineteen Minutes Northern-Latitude, two Leagues and a half from West and by North from Zwamzwa Cape.

In the afternoon about two a Clock the Fleet weighed Anchor again, and in the Morning were within four Leagues North and by East of Zwatia, three Leagues East Nor-East from Cape Elephant, and three Leagues and a half West and by South from Zwamzwa. About Noon the Fleet, forc'd by contrary Winds and Tydes, cast Anchor in eleven or twelve Fathom Water, about three Leagues Nor-West, and Nor-West and by West from the River Zwatia, and two Leagues and a half South-east and by East from Cape Elephant; where Ri∣ding all Night, they Sail'd next day toward the North, and soon after turn'd Westward up the River of Zwatia, where the Vice-Admiral had Cruised with six Sail the twenty eighth and twenty ninth of the last Moneth.

The Marks whereby Sea-men may know this River, are towards the North a great white Shelf, and on the Shore many Cliffs.

A little more to the Northward of it lie two Islands, behind which is a safe Harbor.

About Noon the Fleet found themselves in twenty seven Degrees and thirty five Minutes Eastward from the South-Point of the River Zwatia, from whence Sailing West-South-west into the River, they had from six to twenty three Fathom Water, being the shallowest gravelly Ground; and with the same Course they came before Zwatia, where they cast Anchor in seven Fa∣thom Water, about a Musquet-shot from the Shore: on which the short-hair'd Chineses stood with Red Flags, (a sign of Peace by them, as the White is with us) in great companies, expecting the Netherlanders, without any offering to come to their Ships. This continu'd a whole hour, when the Admiral Bort Commanded the Guns to be fir'd upon the Town. The Chineses thus rudely saluted, immediately let flie their White Flag in sign of War, and shooting with Musquets and Blunderbusses, flourish'd their Faulchions and Scythes over their Heads, yet betook themselves with all their Movables which they were able to carry out of the City, to flight towards the Mountains; others with their Vessels ran up the River; whereupon the Admiral Bort Commanded the Vice-Admiral Van Campen to go ashore with eight Boats and seven Shallops well Man'd and Arm'd, which Bort himself promis'd to follow. Van Campen Land∣ing without any resistance on the Shore, found the City Re-built, and the Houses furnish'd with Tables, Chests, Stools, and Benches, besides abun∣dance of Thrash'd and Unthrash'd Rice, call'd Bady, Salt, great store of dry'd and Salt Fish, and also Nets: There appear'd seven large Temples, every one apart in a pleasant Grove, Wall'd round about, and within Pav'd with Blue Stone, where stood many Humane Figures, Cloth'd in all sorts of Stuffs, Caps, Coats, Breeches, Shoes, and Stockings, all, as alive, about Tables on Wax'd Benches or Stools, Gilded; on each Table stood two large square Vessels, or Pots, wherein the Priests burn Incense to their Idols, with perfum'd Calambak, Agar, and Sandal-Wood, which yield a most fragrant smell.

On the Tables also lay four pieces of Wood, each a large half Foot long, round on the top, and flat at the bottom, which, to know future events, they throw three times one after another before the Idols.

Towards Evening Van Campen leaving the Shore went aboard again with all his Men, loaden with the best Plunder, and many Images not spoil'd by the Tartars.

Here it is to be observ'd, that many Native Chineses are to be understood by* 9.7 the Name of Tartars, viz. those who by shaving off their Hair, leaving onely a long Lock, have yielded themselves to the subjection of the Cham of Tartary.

The seventeenth, being Sunday, in the Morning the Ankeveen Frigat, and the Loenen and Finch Commanded by Ysbrant, Pilot of the Naerden, besides four Boats and a Sloop, Mann'd with Armed Soldiers and Sea-men, Sail'd up the River to surprize five Jonks laden with Goods, and said to lie for their safety a great way up the River, and if possible to bring them to the Fleet; but if not worth the trouble, to burn them. About Noon they came up with seven Jonks and three Coya's (which are a kind of Vessels lesser than Jonks, as our Mackrel-boats,) which Boarding, many Chineses with their Coats of Mayl, Helmets and Arms, leap'd over-board and swam, and others escap'd ashore in their Champans, and the rest, being most of them Women and Chil∣dren, were taken by the Netherlanders; but all soon released, except five Women. Towards Evening the Master of the Finch went aboard the Naerden Frigat to the Admiral, with Tydings that their Vessels had conquer'd three great, and five small Jonks, amongst which some carry'd seven Guns of a side; whereup∣on he was again sent withthe Meliskerks Boat and Pinnace, well Mann'd and furnish'd with Tackling, which he said was wanting for the taken Jonks; all which having aboard, he left the Frigat, and Sail'd up the River again in the Night.

Monday the eighteenth about Day-break they heard a great Cry, made by the Men of the Meliskerks Boat, which was over-set near the Shore: whereupon Van Campen and the Master of the Sea-hound Sailing thither, found five Men sit∣ting on the Keel of the Boat, so benumm'd with Cold, that they were not able to give account what was become of their Fellows; but Rowing up farther where the Boat had been over-set, they found another Man sitting on the Shore, which had been driven three times that Night into the River by the Chineses: He told them that he had not seen one of his Fellows; so that ten Men (they having been sixteen in number) were either drown'd or kill'd. At Night the Finches Pinnace went aboard the Naerden to the Admiral with a Letter of Advice, that they had taken eight Jonks, of which they had burnt four, and brought away the other four.

The nineteenth, being Tuesday, the Chineses made a Sign, by setting up their red Flag, inviting the Netherlanders to come to them: Whereupon Van Cam∣pen and the Master of the Sea-hound went ashore to know what they desir'd, and Landing found a great number of Chineses with five red Flags of the five neigh∣boring* 9.8 Villages, with the chief Governor from every Village, and five Chinese Priests.

These being carry'd aboard to the Admiral, begg'd and intreated, that he would save their Houses and Temples, that they might make Fires, and shelter themselves from the cold Winter; and likewise not to spoil their little Cham∣pans and Fishing-nets; which if it might be granted, they would serve him in all things possible, and within four days bring him out of every Village twenty

five Porkers, one hundred twenty five Hens, fifty Ducks, and as many Oranges, Raddishes, and other Herbage as they could gather: whereupon, in consideration they would keep their Promise, he assur'd them to save their Pagodes, Houses, Champans, and Fish-nets; after which three onely return'd ashore, for the other two were kept aboard, as Hostages till the three return'd in four days with the Provisions before-nam'd, and all things else they could get out of the five Villages. Those Chineses which stay'd aboard being ask'd by the Admiral, If no Jonks were expected that Season from Japan to Zwatia? they reply'd, That not one had Sail'd thither that Year; which afterwards he found to be true.

The twentieth, being Wednesday, the two Pinks and Ankeveen Frigat, sent up the River the seventh with four Boats and one Sloop, came to an Anchor with the six taken Jonks, viz. two great and four small: in which they found a lit∣tle Rice, Pady, or unthresh'd Rice, Salt-petre, Indigo, several Priests Coats, Helmets, Swords, Scythes, ten Blunderbusses, besides several Chinese Men, Wo∣men and Children, whereof five young Women, and four young Men were kept aboard, and the rest released. Seven other Jonks were also set on fire and sunk in the River, out of which many Chineses leaping were either drown'd and kill'd. The next day two of the small Jonks were broke up and us'd for fewel, but the biggest of them were new Trimm'd.

The two and twentieth they had a general Thanksgiving in all the Fleet for their Victories over their Enemies. The day after the Admiral by put∣ting out the Companies red Flag, commanded all the Officers of the Fleet aboard, where the Ships Councel (for certain Reasons) propos'd, yet did not conclude, that the Vice-Admiral Van Campen with his Frigat, the Zierikzee, ac∣company'd with the Highland, Meliskerke, Ankeveen, and the Loenen and the Finch, should Cruise out at Sea before Zwatia, to see for the Iapan Trading Jonks which come from thence, till the middle of February, and the Admiral Bort should put to Sea the twenty sixth with the Naerden, Calf, Overveen, and Sea-hound Frigats, besides the five Jonks, two great and three small, and cross over to Kitat and Tenhay, and from thence Sail to the River Hoksieu, there to enquire how affairs stood. It was also judg'd convenient, that the Ankeveen Frigat, and the Loenen and Finch, should immediately weigh their An∣chors, and Sail to the Mouth of the foremention'd River, to look for some Jonks that were daily expected; but these Proposals never were put into exe∣cution.

The twenty fourth in the Morning, Van Campen was by Borts Order sent ashore with a hundred and ten Soldiers, and fifty Sea-men, to burn Zwatia. No sooner was he Landed, but they saw five Priests, with a great many Chineses standing about a red Flag, which all fell down at his Feet, and humbly begg'd him to save their Temples, Champans, and Fish-nets, which if he did not, they should perish with Cold and Hunger; and promis'd against the next Morning (according to their first Proposal) to bring them the Porkers, Hens, Ducks, Oranges, Raddishes, and Pot-herbs: Van Campen mov'd with compassion, was perswaded to forbear.

The twenty fifth, being Christmas-day, Van Campen going aboard to the Admi∣ral in the Naerden Frigat, ask'd him what was best to be done with Zwatia? whereupon Bort reply'd, That he should lay it in Ashes: which said, Van Campen went ashore with three Boats and three Sloops well Mann'd, where he found lying on the Shore five Hogs and fifteen Baskets of Oranges, brought thither

by five Priests and fifteen Chineses: two of the Hogs, and five Baskets of Oranges were by Van Campen carry'd aboard to the Admiral, who remitting somewhat of his anger, gave him order to do with Zwatia what he pleas'd and thought convenient: But before Van Campen came ashore again, the Houses were all in a Flame, occasion'd through the wilfulness of the Sea-men. Out of the Houses and Pagodes came divers sick Men and Women creeping on their Knees to escape the Flames.

The same day the Admiral leaving Zwatia, according to their agreement in the Councel, with the Naerden, Ankeveen, Calf, and Sea-hound Frigat▪ two great and two small taken Jonks, went to the Bay of Kitat and Tenhay, to go from thence in some of the Frigats to Hoksieu, as was before design'd.

The twenty sixth Van Campen put also to Sea with four Frigats and two Pinks, wherewith steering about the Shore towards the North, they came to an Anchor in the Evening near an Island (by them call'd The Good Hope,) three Leagues Northerly from the River Zwatia, in twenty four Fathom Water, gra∣velly Ground, about Cannon-shot from the Shore.

The Admirals Order to Van Campen, was to keep that Course, or to Cruise for the Chinese Jonks that Traded to Iapan, till the middle of February, and then to fall down Southerly to Tenhay.

The twenty seventh the Councel in Van Campens Squadron Consulted, whe∣ther according to Bort's Order they should keep at Sea, or lie still near the Isle of Good Hope, and to place six or seven Men on one of the highest Hills, there to spy what Jonks were out in the Offin: To which last Proposal they all agreed, from thence Sailing early the next day, with intention to get up higher, yet were by contrary Winds and cross Currents forc'd back to their former Road.

The twenty eighth, being Thursday, seven Men were sent ashore, as they had before agreed, up to a rising Ground, there with their Glasses to descry what Traffickers that Sea afforded. In the afternoon six Chineses came in a Champan aboard the Vice-Admiral, bringing with them a fat Swine, nine Hens, twenty four Ducks, eleven Baskets with Oranges, and fourteen Pum∣peons, not having a greater store: Amongst them were two of their Priests, which they kept aboard till they should return with more Provisions, which they promis'd in three days; but they fail'd, not coming the third day, yet Van Campen set the Pledges ashore on the twenty sixth, who afterwards return'd to inquire for one Chilo, a Chinese Merchant, whom they fear'd was slain, or their Prisoner: Van Campen answer'd, That he knew of none such, but would enquire of the Admiral, and if he found him alive in the Fleet, he should be set ashore at Tenhay; they humbly thanking him, and having receiv'd satisfa∣ction for their Provisions, departed.

The twenty ninth some of the Vice-Admiral's Men went ashore for Wood and Water; where also they Shot a great Hart, and therefore call'd it Harts-Isle.

The one and thirtieth, being Sunday, they espi'd two Fishers-Jonks in the East, which Van Campen chasing took, with thirteen Chineses, some fresh and salted Fish, which were taken out, and carry'd aboard the Vice-Admiral. The Chinese Prisoners being examin'd in the presence of the Commanders from whence they came? reply'd, From Zwatia: If they had seen any Holland Ships? answer'd No: and being demanded if no Jonks were expected that Season from Iapan at Zwatia? they also reply'd, No: and being farther ask'd if none went that Year from Zwatia to Iapan, and if some Jonks about two days

before had not Sail'd from Zwatia towards the North? they again answer'd No: so that the Netherlanders could get nothing out of them: whereupon they were order'd to be kept aboard the Vice-Admiral, till he thought fit to send them out a Fishing for the Fleet.

After the Admiral's and Vice-Admirals parting at Zwatia the twenty fifth of December, the Admiral arriv'd before Hoksieu the twenty seventh of the same Moneth, having in his Way, especially in the Bay of Succor, otherwise call'd Siang, in the Rode of Pakka, and likewise in that of Good Fortune, seen and met several Jonks, which all escaped from him by flight, except five. But at So∣thun, a Town which Bort sent out a Party against, having one Man kill'd, and five wounded; yet the next day with better success Charging the Enemy out of Town, he Commanded that, and likewise all the Houses in Tenhay to be burnt.

At the earnest Requests of those of Hoksieu, and the Agents Letters to the Admiral, he went thither the seventh of Ianuary, Anno 1663. with the Overveen, Seahound, and all the Prize-Jonks; but the Calf and Naerden Frigats had Order to stay at Tenhay, and not upon any occasion to go ashore, for the prevention of all Mischiefs; yet in fair Weather they sometimes sail'd to the neighboring Isles, to see for the Enemies Jonks, especially those that come from Iapan: all which the Admiral gave advice of to the Vice-Admiral by the fore-mention'd Letters, adding that the small taken Jonks were fitted and made ready to Sail with News to their Excellencies the Lord-General and Councel at Batavia: to which purpose he had given a Pacquet of Letters to Captain Barrents Io∣chemse, which he had Order immediately to send away by the Jonks, and then come to him with all speed. But if upon the Tartars desire he should re-deli∣ver the Jonks, he intended to make use of the Ter-Boede; and to that end at his coming into the River of Hoksieu, where it now lay, he would send it away to the other Ships.

The sixth, being Tuesday, Van Campen summon'd the Commanders of all the Ships in his Squadron to come aboard, where after Consultation they conclu∣ded, if that day, or early on the next, they had no News out of the River Hok∣sieu, to send the Highland Frigat to the Admiral in that River, there to enquire how affairs went, which they were very desirous to know, because they had receiv'd no Advices, nor heard from them since the twenty fifth of the last, to the seventh of that Moneth.

The seventh they resolv'd (the time to Sail back to Batavia drawing near) to send the Loenen and the Finch to fetch Water, as well for themselves as for the other Ships, which were to carry their empty Casks aboard them, and at their return when fill'd to fetch them again: Mean while the Boats of those Ships that stay'd should go ashore for Fewel, that when part or all the Fleet should put to Sea, there might be no want.

The same day the Terr-Boede coming from the River Hoksieu, in the Evening anchor'd behind Van Campen at Tenhay, from whence according to Bort's Order he was to go by Siam to Batavia, but first to speak with Van Campen at Tenhay.

The tenth, being Saturday, the Ter-Boede set Sail, being sent as an Advice-Boat, under the Command of Nanning Claesz to Batavia, the same day the Highland Frigat, Commanded by Harmon Simonse, and the Ankeveen by Iacob Black, went to the River of Hoksieu, according to the Admiral's Order, Dated the seventh.

The eleventh they saw four Sail in the River Hoksieu: and now the Crui∣sing

up and down with the Frigats for Jonks that Traded to Iapan was laid quite aside by reason of bad Weather, and till further Order from the Admiral, which Van Campen by Letters of the seventh of Ianuary advised him of from his Fleet lying before Tenhay.

The fourteenth in the Morning the Ankeveen Frigat came out of the River Hoksieu, into the Bay of Linkun, to turn about the North to Tenhay, but the Tyde being spent he could not get forward; which being seen by Van Campen, he immediately sent the Pilot, Iohn Cortz, with a well Mann'd Sloop thither to enquire after affairs, before whose return seven Glasses were run; yet at last he return'd with Iacob Black, Master of the Ankeveen, who brought a Letter with him from the Admiral, Dated the seventh of the same Moneth in the Ankeveen, then Riding in the Channel of Hoksieu; the Contents were these:

That Nobel with all his Attendants were detain'd in Hoksieu, and not permitted to come aboard; That himself was come with all the Ships down to the Mouth of the River, where stopp'd by contrary Winds from coming to him, he had lay'n three days, but would have come in stead of the Letter, had not the Night before three Vessels come down the River with Melman, two Man∣darins and Letters from Nobel and the Vice-Roy Singlamong and General Lipovi, who still desir'd the stay of all or some of the Fleet fifteen or twenty days longer for an Answer from Peking; which if he would not do, Nobel and all his Retinue must be forc'd to wait there, and mean while Trade in private, selling some of their Merchandise, and buying others; about which he was to resolve the next day with the two Mandarins that were sent to him, there∣fore he desir'd Van Campen, on receipt of the Letter, to come to him with all speed in one of the Frigats that least drew Water, that he might consult with him about it, and resolve what was best to be done: Bort desir'd Van Campen also to leave Order with the Ships to store themselves plentifully with Wa∣ter and Firing at Tenhay, that when the other Ships came to them, they might furnish them also, that then they might proceed on their Journey to Batavia without any hinderance.

Whereupon Van Campen went in his Ship aboard of the Ankeveen Frigat, lying at Anchor about half way at Sea, between the River Hoksieu and Tenhay, and came about four hours after Sun-set West and by North right against the Pyramids, but being forc'd by a contrary Tyde to cast Anchor in fourteen Foot Water, hapned to be aground; yet soon after was by the Tyde put afloat again, and the same Night came to the Admiral; who be∣ing fetch'd aboard the next Morning, he understood that the Secretaries Clerk, or Interpreter, Iohn Melman, was the Night before gone to Hoksieu, from whence he was to come the eighteenth of the same Moneth, with the Merchant Constan∣tine Nobel, and that then all things would be in readiness for them to put to Sea. Five Tartar Jonks came with three Mandarins, and cast Anchor near Van Campen, sent thither by the Vice-Roy Singlamong and the General Taysing Lipovy, with two hundred Picols of Rice, twenty Porkers, and twenty great Vessels of Chinese Beer, which were sent to be divided as a Present amongst the Sea-men.

The sixteenth the Ankeveen set Sail out of the River to the Ships at Tenhay, and came thither again the next day with some Goods for the Admiral, and a Chest for the Secretary of the Naerden Frigat, who was to stay ashore in Hok∣sieu. The same day Van Campen Embarq'd himself with his Necessaries.

The eighteenth in the Morning the Domburgh and Overveen set Sail out of Hoksieu to the Ships at Tenhay: In the afternoon the Admiral receiv'd a Letter from Constantine Nobel, cóntaining, That the Admiral should stay ten

days longer for the Emperors Letters from Peking, and that they requir'd also two Hostages, viz. the Vice-Admiral Van Campen, and the Captain with one Eye, not knowing his Name, which was Ysbrant Builder: but neither the Ad∣miral nor Vice-Admiral thought this advice fit to be follow'd.

The twentieth the Deputy-Secretary, Iohn Melman, came in a Tartar Vessel from Hoksieu to the Ships, but it was so foggy, that those of the Fleet, being not able to see him, but hearing him Row, hal'd him aboard: Van Campen also Rowing in his Sloop to meet him, was three hours before he could either find the Tartar Vessels or his own Frigats again, notwithstanding they were very near, and had it not been for the sound of the Trumpets, it had been impossible to have found one another that Night.

The one and twentieth Van Campen hoised Sail, and with a gentle Gale out of the North North-east came to the Channel of Hoksieu, where he lay by the Ad∣miral in five Fathom gravelly Ground.

The two and twentieth in the Morning the Sea-hound Frigat set Sail with a fresh North-east Wind; but Van Campen, advised by Iacob Swaert, and the chief Pilot Claes Iohnson, who told him that in such blustering Weather their Ships could not be rul'd, because of their fresh experienc'd Sea-men, and that they had better stay for fairer Weather, stirred not: In the afternoon, the Wind blowing very hard out of the same Quarter, and the Sea growing very rough, drove the Ankeveen towards the Pyramids from her Anchor, and enforc'd them to cast out another; which done, they weighed the first Anchor, supposing it to be incumbred; then the Frigat dragg'd the other; and being engag'd among the Rocks, had neither time nor distance to drop another; whereupon the Master loosned his Fore-sail and Mizzen, so bearing up to the wind to keep her from what they were almost upon, the Rocky Shore; but all endeavors were in vain, for with the headiness of the Stream, the violence of the Wind, and hollowness of the Sea, she was driven upon the cruel Shore, and carry'd where she was hemm'd in with Rocks; when to prevent the mischief they sent a Boat from the Ship with Tackling; but that also not able to keep off, was with the Frigat driven among intervening Rocks beyond the Ship, while she bilging against the Pyramids was split: when to save the Men a Sea-man was order'd to swim to Shore with the Plumming-line, to which they fastned a stronger Rope, by which help they might betwixt swimming and wading get ashore; but he was so bruised and beaten by the Billows upon the Rocks where he Landed, that he was not able to draw the Halser to the Shore: but about two hours after Sun-set the Sea did with her impetuous Waves so batter the Frigat, and she rol∣ling so much, that they look'd every Minute to be stav'd, they were forc'd to cut down their Masts by the Board for the preservation of their lives. About two hours after Sun-set Van Campen sent one or two ashore on the West-side of the Pyramids, to make fast a Halser on the Rocks for the purpose before∣mention'd: after that Van Campen Sail'd up the River Hoksieu to look for his Boat, but could not find her.

The twenty third, being Thursday, Van Campen went ashore with a Sloop on an Island lying close by the Pyramids, to see if any sweet Water was to be had there, which they found in a Pit or Well. A Tent also was carry'd ashore and set up, into which they brought Rice, Beef, Pork, and fresh Water for those that were Ship-wrack'd, where two by Cold and drinking of Brandy, misera∣bly lost their Lives in the Night.

The twenty fourth in the Morning some Chineses coming to a Jonk by Van

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

Campen on the Island, proffer'd to carry him to the Fort Minjazen, saying that the Governor Hanlavia would entertain him nobly; for they suppos'd the Fleet to have been gone to Batavia: they also gave him some fresh Pork, Eggs, and Rice, and shew'd him other Civilities.

The Admiral by Letters advis'd Van Campen the same day, that all his expe∣ctation and stay was for him, that they might set Sail together, but suppos'd that the bad Weather had hindred him from coming out; and that in the Morning when he heard him Shoot, he was about weighing Anchor with all the Ships that were with him at Tenhay, of which he had sent him the Finch and Sea-hound, and desiring him, that if any more Tydings came from Hoksieu, that he should Fire three times, and for a little while keep in his Flag.

The same day the Sea-hound Frigat and Finch came to an Anchor near the Wreck in the River of Hoksieu, whither Van Campen went immediately with his Boat, to see what Goods could be sav'd; which to do was almost impossible, because of the raging Billows, which beat so violently that no Boat was able to come near her. In the interim the Fleet which lay at Tenhay also setting Sail, fell down towards the Wreck; yet afterwards changing their purpose, Tack'd about, lying Northward.

The twenty fifth the Admiral's Sloop, with his chief Pilot, went aboard the the Vice-Admiral in the Sea-hound Frigat; from whence after midnight he was sent again to the Fleet with News concerning the Wreck. Little was per∣form'd that day, no Vessels being able to lie near the foundred Ship: but the next day they recover'd some Cordage, Lead, Tin, and Sandal-Wood, which was put aboard the other Frigats.

The twenty seventh, fetching the last Cables that lay on the Deck, they car∣ry'd them aboard the Sea-hound in the Night; and then likewise sav'd the Guns and some Shot.

The next day seven Tartar Jonks came to an Anchor near the Wreck; to which Van Campen Rowing, put one Mey aboard to look to the Pepper, and other Goods that were yet remaining; which at last being given to the Tartars, was by them esteem'd a great Prize.

In the afternoon the Sea-hound and Finch weighed and set Sail to get out of the Channel of Hoksieu, and came towards Evening to an Anchor by the Fleet in the Bay of Linkun, where Van Campen immediately went aboard of the Naer∣den to the Admiral Bort; to whom having given a Relation concerning the loss of the Ankeveen, he Row'd aboard the Zirickzee.

The first of March, being Thursday, the Admiral at Day-break fir'd a Gun, as a Signal that the Fleet should all weigh Anchor, and putting to Sea, proceed on their Way to Batavia. In the Evening about Sun-set they came up with the South-Point of the Isle of Crocodiles, which bore South-west about five Leagues, and the South-Point of Carellos Nor-Nor-east about six Leagues from them, their Course West-South-west.

The second they saw several Fishers Jonks near the Coast, and about Noon came into twenty four Degrees and fifty three Minutes Northern Latitude, and had the Southern Island Makau North-west and by West about five Leagues from them, they steering South-west, and West and by South.

Saturday, being the third, the Fleet at Sun-set was about three Leagues and a half from another Isle; and on the next day at Noon in twenty two De∣grees and thirty eight Minutes Nor-Nor-East, about four Leagues from the Sandy Banks; and against Evening came up with the Black Hill on the Coast of

China, about four or five Leagues from them, their Course being South-west and by West, and West-South-west.

The fifth the Fleet was about five or six Leagues from Ilhas dons Viedos; and at Noon in twenty one Degrees and twenty nine Minutes; the next day in twenty Degrees and thirty Minutes; and the day after, being Wednesday, at Noon in nineteen Degrees and fifty Minutes.

On Thursday Van Campen was got out of sight of the Fleet in nineteen De∣grees and thirty six Minutes; and the next day reach'd nineteen Degrees and twenty Minutes.

The tenth in the Morning he came up with the East-Point of the Island Ainan, but at a great distance from him, and found himself at Noon in nineteen Degrees and twenty four Minutes Northern Latitude, the East Point West and by South, and West-South-west, about four or five Leagues, and Poele Tayo, North-west, about three or four Leagues distant: The East-Point of Ainan ap∣pears like two Isles as you come about the North.

The twelfth about Noon Van Campen was in eighteen Degrees and twenty seven Minutes, three Leagues from the South Coast of Ainan, which is found to be six or seven and forty Minutes more Southerly than it is placed in the Maps; and in the afternoon coming near the Shore, he espy'd the Fleet stand∣ing South-South-east; and the next Morning he descry'd the Admiral Bort with seven Sail, to lie a little to Leeward on his Larboard. About Noon be∣ing eighteen Degrees and thirty two Minutes, the Mount Tinhosa bore West and by North, about four Leagues from him, appearing like three Isles, whereof the middlemost is the biggest: More into the Countrey are two other Hills to be seen; and in the South-west and by West many Highlands: The South-west Shore was seen in the South-west and by South, about four or five Leagues from him. This Countrey is not rightly placed in the Maps, neither in its due Latitude nor Longitude; for it lies forty six or forty seven Minutes more Southerly in the Maps than it stands.

The fourteenth in the Morning the Admiral Bort with all the other Ships were behind in the Channel East-North-east, and about Noon in eighteen De∣grees and seventeen Minutes Sail'd Northerly up to the Fleet, which in the Evening came up with Tinhosa: The next day at Noon they came to seven∣teen Degrees and fifty nine Minutes, and the day after to Fifteen Degrees and forty Minutes Northern-Latitude, their Course South.

The seventeenth about Day-break they espy'd the Coast of Champan, which is very high Land, lying South-west and by West from them: Six hours after they discern'd the Isle call'd Round Holm, near the Coast of Champan, and about Noon were in the Latitude of twelve Degrees and ten Minutes; and Sailing along the foremention'd Coast, in the Evening they past by the Bay call'd Ba∣gerang, and about Sun-set they descry'd Poele, or the Isle Cicier de Terra, West∣wards about a League from them.

The eighteenth Van Campen being about midnight separated from the Fleet, found himself about Noon in nine Degrees and nine Minutes, and about Sun∣set saw Poele Candor West-Nor-West, five Leagues from him, his Course South-West and by South.

The nineteenth he came into six Degrees and twenty nine Minutes; the twentieth, in four Degrees and thirty Minutes; and on the one and twentieth, in the Morning seeing Poele Tymon South-west and by South about three Leagues distant, he made towards it, and dropp'd Anchor at the South-Point

eighteen Fathom Water: and soon after the Admiral Bort with all his Ships, coming also to an Anchor, put their Pennon under their Vein, except the Loe∣nen Pink, which after a little stay steer'd her Course for Batavia. In the after noon the whole Fleet setting Sail again to proceed onward of their Voyage, steer'd South South-east.

The next day about Sun-rising Panyang bare about four Leagues to the South South-East from them: At Noon the Fleet found themselves to be in forty six Minutes Northern-Latitude, and saw Panyang West and by North; and about Sun-set they saw Pismires-Isle in the South-west about four Leagues di∣stant, and the Island Lingen South-west, and South-west and by South, about six or seven Leagues off: and about Noon the next day Van Campen was with the Fleet in six Minutes Southern-Latitude, and saw about Sun-set Poele, or the Island Saya, South and by West, and the Cape of Lingen Nor-West and by West, three or four Leagues from them.

The twenty fifth they discern'd the Seven Islands, or Poele Toutyons, in the South-east and by South, and Poele Saya in the Nor-West, and Nor-West and by West: about Noon the Poele Toutyons were Eastwards four or five Leagues from the Zirickzee.

The twenty sixth they descry'd the Mountain Monapin about Sun-rising to lie South-east and by East, about five Leagues distant, and at Noon about three Leagues from thence they were in two Degrees and nine Minutes South-Lati∣tude: At Night about Sun-set they saw the third Point of the Island Sumatra South-South-east, two Leagues from them, and Poele Nanko East and by North, about three Leagues from the Zirickzee; and Monapin in the Nor-West, and Nor-West and by North, all lying along the Coast of Sumatra.

The twenty seventh at Sun-rising they descry'd the first Point of Sumatra South-east, and South-East and by East, about two Leagues and a half from the Zirickzee, who at Noon was in three Degrees and five Minutes South Latitude; and having the Island Lucipar South-east about three Leagues from him, Sail'd close along the Coast.

The next day about Noon the Zirickzee was in four Degrees and twelve Mi∣nutes Southern Latitude, and on the twenty ninth in the Morning coming up with the Thousand Islands, which lay Westward from him, he espy'd the Admi∣ral Bort with seven Sail in the Nor-East and by East, and one lying at an An∣chor near the Island Agnietes. At two a Clock in the afternoon the Fleet came to an Anchor before Batavia, where they found the following Frigat and Pinks, viz. the Stadthouse Frigat of Amsterdam, the Holland Remedy, the Nightin∣gale Pink, the Arms of Batavia a Frigat, the Griffin, being the Reer-Admiral of the Harbor.

The thirtieth, being Friday, the following Ships arriv'd there from Holland: the Kennemerland, Orange, Rhynland, and the Kogge.

The next day the Flushing Frigat came also to an Anchor from the Coast of Malabar, with News, that Rykloff van Gouns had taken the City Coessien, and likewise the Rising-Sun Frigat from Rekkam.

On Tuesday the third of April a Thanksgiving Day was kept for the Con∣quest of the City Coessien, and in the Evening Bon-fires were made, and all the Guns fir'd from the Fort, and round about the Walls of the City Batavia, and likewise from all the Ships.

The eleventh the Ter-Boede Pink came also to an Anchor before Batavia from Sian; and the Agents related their Adventures to the Lord-General.

Notes

• * 1.1

  Histor. Sinic. 65.
• * 2.1

  Stilo vet. 6. Aug. Stilo novo 16. Aug.
• * 3.1

  Description of the Island Formosa.
• * 3.2

  The Inhabitants of Tefu∣rang are very salvage.
• * 3.3

  Their Customs.
• * 3.4

  Inhabitants of Soulang.
• * 3.5

  How they order their Rice.
• * 3.6

  Strange Liquor in Eorme∣sa.
• * 3.7

  The Women Fish and Till.
• * 3.8

  Several ways of Hunt∣ing.
• * 3.9

  Strange manner of Hunt∣ing in Firando.
• * 3.10

  Venison how▪eaten.
• * 3.11

  The Formosan Mens Ex∣ercises, and their manner of Fighting.
• * 3.12

  Their Arms.
• * 3.13

  Formosans have great Churches.
• * 3.14

  Keep great Feasts when they are Conquerors.
• * 3.15

  Have no supreme Go∣vernor.
• * 3.16

  Strange Councellors.
• * 3.17

  Their Authority.
• * 3.18

  The punishment of Cri∣minals.
• * 3.19

  Shew great respect one to another, and chiefly the Youth to the antient Peo∣ple.
• * 3.20

  Strange Marriage.
• * 3.21

  The Formosan Men live not with the Women▪
• * 3.22

  May not speak to them in the day-time.
• * 3.23

  Horrible Murder of their Infants.
• * 3.24

  In what year the Formo∣san Men begin to keep House with their Wives.
• * 3.25

  Unmarry'd People have their Dwellings apart.
• * 3.26

  The Formosan Houses are artificial.
• * 3.27

  Their Houshold-stuff.
• * 3.28

  Feasts.
• * 3.29

  Strange ordering of their Dead.
• * 3.30

  Strange Dancings
• * 3.31

  How strangely they or∣der their Sick.
• * 3.32

  The Religion of the For∣mosans.
• * 3.33

  What they account Sin.
• * 3.34

  Their chiefest Idols.
• * 3.35

  Their gods of War.
• * 3.36

  Women perform Divine Services.
• * 3.37

  Strange actions.
• * 3.38

  Drunkenness a Vertue.
• * 3.39

  The Office of the Inibs.
• * 3.40

  Formosans become Chri∣stians.
• * 3.41

  Why they are easier converted than other Indi∣dians.
• * 3.42

  The Island Formosa is divided into eight Domi∣nions.
• * 3.43

  Beasts.
• * 3.44

  Every Picol is 125 pound weight.
• * 3.45

  Apparel.
• * 3.46

  Houses.
• * 3.47

  The strength of the Island.
• * 3.48

  Manner of Fighting.
• * 3.49

  Arms.
• * 3.50

  Curing of their Sick.
• * 3.51

  Mourning for the Dead.
• * 3.52

  Seven Feasts.
• * 3.53

  First.
• * 3.54

  Second Feast.
• * 3.55

  Third Feast.
• * 3.56

  Fourth Feast.
• * 3.57

  Fifth Feast.
• * 3.58

  Sixth Feast.
• * 3.59

  Seventh Feast.
• * 3.60

  Hunting.
• * 3.61

  Language.
• * 3.62

  A kind of their Meat or Drink.
• * 3.63

  The Rebellion ended.
• * 3.64

  A Plague of Locusts.
• * 3.65

  Tayowan very barren, yet populous.
• * 3.66

  Fort Zelandia.
• * 3.67

  Castle of Utrecht.
• a 3.68

  A sort of small Ves∣sels.
• * 3.69

  Inhabitants.
• * 3.70

  Lib. 9. pag. 389.
• * 4.1

  Number of Guns, Sea∣men, and Soldiers.
• * 4.2

  The Fleet divided into three Squadrons.
• * 4.3

  Weighs Anchor.
• * 4.4

  Island of Hoorn.
• * 4.5

  Thousand Islands.
• * 5.1

  Boomyes Riff.
• * 5.2

  Island Lukapar▪
• * 5.3

  Island Banka.
• * 5.4

  Poele Toutyon.
• * 5.5

  Island Linge.
• * 5.6

  Poele Zay.
• * 5.7

  Poele Panjang.
• * 5.8

  Strange Birds-nests.
• a 5.9

  That is, about two Spanish Duckets.
• * 5.10

  Lignum Aloes.
• * 5.11

  Bay of Pangerang.
• * 5.12

  Lignum Aloes.
• * 5.13

  Box-Islands.
• * 5.14

  Poeyan.
• * 5.15

  Poele Canton.
• * 5.16

  Island Hainan.
• * 5.17

  Tang Goie.
• * 5.18

  Cape Puthay.
• * 5.19

  Storm-Bay.
• * 5.20

  Cape of Cavalles.
• * 5.21

  Sotiha taken.
• * 5.22

  Van Campen go's ashore.
• * 5.23

  Five Mandarins come aboard the Naerden.
• * 5.24

  A Mandarin with a Letter from the Vice-Roy and General to Admiral Bort.
• * 6.1

  A Letter from the Go∣vernor of Hoksieu to Bort.
• * 7.1

  The Instructions of the Admiral to the Agents go∣ing to Sinksieu.
• * 7.2

  These were taken before by Coxinga.
• * 7.3

  The Agents come to Hoksieu.
• * 7.4

  The Viceroy's Palace.
• * 7.5

  They come to the Fort Engely.
• * 7.6

  The Fort Aulavia.
• * 7.7

  The Village Lanpon.
• * 7.8

  The City Hokzwa.
• * 7.9

  The City Zwansifoe.
• * 7.10

  The City Engeling.
• * 7.11

  Forts Twaia.
• * 7.12

  City Tanwa▪
• * 7.13

  Come in sight of the Ci∣ty Sinksieu.
• * 7.14

  Are fetched in.
• * 7.15

  Make their Arrival known, and desire Audience.
• * 7.16

  Ride to the Army.
• * 7.17

  Presents for the Vice-Roy.
• a 7.18

  A kind of Iapan Chest of Drawers.
• * 7.19

  The Agents go to the General Lipovi.
• a 8.1

  That is, Baskets.
• * 8.2

  The Agents address them∣selves to the Vice-Roy, and General in the Army.
• * 8.3

  Vice-Roy's Discourse to the Hollanders.
• * 8.4

  Silver Plates given by the Vice-Roy to the Agents▪
• * 8.5

  City Sinksieu.
• * 8.6

  City Tamwa.
• * 8.7

  Fort Tamhoe.
• * 8.8

  City Zwansifoe.
• * 8.9

  Fort Zwansehoo.
• * 8.10

  City Enwa.
• * 8.11

  Fort Lantongzwa.
• * 8.12

  Martinius Hist. of Chi∣na, publish'd in 1653.
• * 8.13

  Leave Hokzwa▪
• * 8.14

  Fort Anlavja.
• * 9.1

  The Agents Treatment with Hanlavia.
• * 9.2

  Islands of Pakka.
• * 9.3

  Iohn Van Campen's Bay▪
• * 9.4

  City Samzwa▪
• * 9.5

  City Zwathia▪
• * 9.6

  Fort Kitat taken by the Netherlanders.
• * 9.7

  The Conquer'd Chineses wear their Hair short as the Tartars.
• * 9.8

  The red Flag among the Tartar-Chineses signifies Peace, as the white Flag War.